Search results

(61 - 80 of 207)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 44, EXPENSES PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 147, FACULTY PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 158, INDEX BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC.. . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ... .. .. ... .A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. COURSE.. . ........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n MAJOR . ... . 20 departments. -......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major. MINOR.. . .. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the ELECTIVE student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE .............,.... Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. .... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. LOAN . . . See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP . . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE .... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion o f your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." I n the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities i s available t o enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). more than loo years A u g s b u r g celebrated its centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century of Christian higher education. The current study body of about 1600 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient, Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3 College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities i n the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n one area or major. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand the Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander, M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e Director of the Office for Civil Rights, The Campus Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The Universitv of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation i n the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting t h e Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital i n the process of selecting a college and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school i s in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the admissions office (330-1001). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. I , I ::- ' I,: DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. -_-- 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Studio Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Old Music Hall 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices - --.. Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.) Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor) College Pastor (College Center 1st floor) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) -> /. A *,>4< 4- .< -?A , 1 +..&-+-- . *., ;. , - . - , -... ,-- - --. -, . , ? . d i ,- -- 8 7. .: -./y- - < -. , - -, - -- - - *. ? , , *,T'-. ,.:. -"----. /~-//~T~cc<F-, - <,/ER .- -- Housing (College Center 1st floor) Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor) Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor) Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Little Theater (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation t o each other. Remodelling and construction work to eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will include street level access from 21st Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle. Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of some departments and offices by 1980-81. Following are descriptions of buildings. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The Augsburg College Center, completed i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building provides space for administrative and faculty offices and houses about 40 students. The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the newest building on the campus. It con- tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n 1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s two floors. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed i n 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r dramatic and other speech activities. A theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for completion late i n 1980. Annex Houses, located i n the campus area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide i t s students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching i s available. Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning i s not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged i n this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form i n the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In selecting courses t o meet the general distribution requirements, students may select an approved course in the areas of mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports. For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration section. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Norwegian Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western Studies, International Relations) Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available t h r o u g h cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It i s possible for students t o complete other majors also through ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office of the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s suggested that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, i n the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. the United States, t o help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course. Students are encouraged to consult with in the freshman the faculty adviserearly year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~ mended. students arc encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early i n the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed tofulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program i s new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available t o students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application t o be approved by t h e director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the metropolitan area and may be pursued,by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made i n the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experi- ment in International Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks t o fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the Faculty. Interim. Study abroad during the interim i s planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. New Dimensions Program Honors Program Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r qualified students t o pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through i t s Continuing Education Pro- The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life, The transitional course, "The A d u l t Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return t o schooll The course enables returning adults t o get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth. At the present time, there are offerings in Art, Women's Studies, and Church Staff Work. Certification in Art requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department Chairperson. The Women's Studies Certificate may be earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and t h e humanities. Interested students should contact Professor Toni Clark. The Church Staff Worker Certification Program i s designed t o help persons prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a "Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion (9 courses) plus additional specialized courses in departments such as psycholo- gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used in the American Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate i n are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t o improve your skills i n such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a college in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and i n planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of International Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i s to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements i n the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one i n the area of education. tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and i s open through the noon hour and i n the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living i n College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government i s organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. Food Service Student Rights The Commons, situated on the top floor The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Health Service of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea- disciplinary action and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the place- ment office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of Success i n college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of The ~ ~ ~ Process l i ~ for ~~~~h~~~ A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions, and arrange for you to see the campus. ~ 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. t 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courseswhere it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. Registered Nurse Students seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must-also complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need t o have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made i n the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them i n the transition to college and t o the United States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships i s available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. I f they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores and recommendations. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are encouraged t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial A i d Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o other colleges. A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity t o cope with a college course after the junior year i n high school. Also, it i s recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying t o the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program t o which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board i s $1760 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union t o which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations i n a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify f o r special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Office in your area. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. American lndian Scholarships American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. lndian grants are supplemental to all other sources of financial aids. For assistance in application, contact the American lndian Programs Counselor. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest. The maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents o n the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution Return completed application and FFS t o The American College Testing Pro- Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number i s 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l Scholarship -established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. 4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/ senior students. 5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. 7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. 9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. 10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded to a senior. 11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. 12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship - distributed annually t o needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian service. 14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. 3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to membersof racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. 6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration. staff and students at the Homecoming auction. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Depart- ment of the American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving juniorhenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ART - winners selected by Art faculty. Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player on basis of financial need. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of financial need. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. Awarded t o students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan t o teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English. HISTORY faculty. - Winners selected by History The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring i n history with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem- istry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by Library staff. 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty. 1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually t o juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given t o those who plan t o teach language as a career. 2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, t o help with travel expenses. A special application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. MUSIC faculty. - 5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass students seeking t o acquire musical and performance skills i n instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student studying choral music. Winners selected by Music 1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conduaing and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3- The solberg SchO1arshi~ - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a maior/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement i n the art of singing. NURSING -winners faculty. selected by Nursing Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial -awardedtoagraduateof the Abbott Northwestern School of Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division Nursing Program at Augsburg. PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics faculty, The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually to an upperc~ass stu- dent majoring in SOCIOLOGY 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses Costs listed here are for the 1980-81 academic year, and are subject to change without notice. T U I T I O N - $3,660 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1980. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $510 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Students enrolled in the music therapy program will arrange their internship with Music Department faculty. The charge for this one-course credit is $510. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Psychology of Music, $10 Nursing Admission Test, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition to tuition are $140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00 per lesson during Interim. Class piano lessons, $70 per term Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. An application fee of $10.00 i s required from all new students. Nursing students are required to have a name pin, available at cost through the Department of Nursing. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00. OTHER COSTS Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $510.00. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according t o the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore o n a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,760. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. I n the event of excessive increases i n the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r . charge. New 'OnApplied to the tracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring term by notifying the Office of student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notifica. . tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior to (Fall semester) or (Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 advance payment as a . . service charge. If the new contract is cancelled after July or January the entire amount will be forfeited. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Settlement of Account Application Fee - $10.00 A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early i n August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year isdue January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August Tuition - $3,660 Board and Room - $1,760 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded o n termination o f studies at Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. No student is permitted to register if hisor her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five daysof classes. 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds a r e made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily availablefor consultat;on and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected t o be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and t o equip students for lifetime sports. Courses in religion are intended to assist students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Students who enter the nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor of Science degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for information on the specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics of of of of SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary .Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of speech, Communication and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Arts degree and 17 for these degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science i n Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. No more than these maximums may be the 35 'Ourses required: CHR courses independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson). Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish t o earn a B.S. degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. For transfer students, the maximum in the areas listed in the paragraph above is an average of two courses per year of attendance at Augsburg. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major (except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required). 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number o f i n t e r i m courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are availableinthe Registrar's Office. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following seven areas (onecourse may fulfill the requirement in one area only): courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission t o register for more than 4.5 courses. Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology -.Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English -Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Art - Music Although a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, it i s advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. C. Students without prior study of a foreign language will complete two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language. Students who test above 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Students are urged n o t t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result i n a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. D. Three approved courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. E. A course related t o urban concerns. Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term. F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency i n two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course i n order t o receive credit for it. A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim. Students registered for three or more Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by t h e Committee o n Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been o n probation for two terms and withdraws from the Cod lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards o f excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance ( n o credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system i n most other courses. Students are cautioned t o use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according t o dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the caseof extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within t w o weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes i n courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude Magnacumlaude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent Study An opportunity for independent study i s offered through many departments. This i s available to conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term suggests, this requires considerably more faculty direction than for independent study, and a student i s not expected t o have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered on a lower division level. Students interested in registering for either independent study or directed study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it i n one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course i n order t o receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions t o this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached t o independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information t o the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n t h e case of extreme emergency. See section o n Grading. Grade reports are issued t o students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran'; academic load for the term below three courses will be reported t o the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested i n earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersons or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts. Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts. Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts. .. .. To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximatevalue of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition t o laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. students shouid consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered i n the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the deDartment symbol #Consent of instructor T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................ Summer Session,1979 ........................................... Summary o f Graduates Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................ Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979). ..................... 1,712 408 7,290 337 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors bf the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 231, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities i n the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and497 ( A ~ ~ ~ ; Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 120, 122, 723, 251 Education 478# Political Science 127,122,170,325,326, 370, 371, 427 Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery~ evangelicalism. Course content subject t o ~ ~ ~ change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107, and 1 art history course. Two required from 118,221,223,225,250; one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389. ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history including 386, 3 8 7 ~388. 100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 242 FILM M A K I N G Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention t o black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS I1 An introduction t o the making of jewelry i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Advanced work i n ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT M A K I N G I 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 107. Offered alternate years). 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director t o determine project. 478 SCULPTURE 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. (Offered 7 982-83) 240 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered 7 980-87) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century. (Offered 7987-82) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times. (7 982-83) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the present. (Offered 7987-82) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.(7980-87) Early Christian through late Gothic and Biology Chairperson: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122 also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill, ll2and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in .the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair; other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate years) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, ., J 0 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is strongly recommended. Majors in Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I search methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) 340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745 or consent of instructor. O n Demand) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY A N D CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) An introduction t o quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring) 330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D ANALYSIS The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring. Offered alternate years.) Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; re- 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report o n his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 483 AUDITING Concepts and principals related t o the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) 295,495 TOPICS Lecturer, discussions, meetings with 478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the members of the staff or visiting faculry regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ". FaSI, Interim, Spring] 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) NOTE: In addition to the courses listed below these topics are offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other upper division economics course. ECONOMICS MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics courses (including 122,123,251,258,454); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division);Business Administration 101, 102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The student i s strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. - COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251, 258); 6 Business Administration courses (including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate discussion of t h e above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction t o macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student t o progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and h i g h school algebra o r equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY A N D BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M 454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not t o the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. I n addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) 442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or #. O n Demand) 445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems o f relevance t o management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or equivalent o r consent o f instructor. Spring, O n Demand) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Provides the opportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools t o the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353, 361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115, 176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or # . Fall 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY Designed for non-chemistry majors and those in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied, followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem. 103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or 115, Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds in the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East Asian Studies Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Componentsof the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses in Japanese or 4 courses in Chinese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. Economics Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella 74 See under Business Administration and Economics. Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open t o all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 341 (%), 358 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a traditional grading system only. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Sociology of the Family Soc 231 Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences i n Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music ('/z course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (Y2 course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health ('/z course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (Yi course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. o f Ed. Summer I) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may select Opportunity for advanced and special- A learning'Ontract m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty approval. ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. a situations for professional work experi- 425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates o n details essential t o the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements i n a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) It is the responsibility of each student t o meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu- 2. 3. 4. 5. cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if heor she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359, 388, 478; the required course(s) in special methods i n t h e area of t h e student's major, and two or three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them t o teach i n their area i n all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans t o teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the art major will register for Educ. 361 and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365; and the music major for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major i n a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for inschool work. Open t o all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (lh course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department in the major field. Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found i n regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fa 11) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course 360 American Studies Methods '/Z course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) '/Z course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) ?hcourse 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) Emphasis o n the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups i n Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum o f two courses, except three courses required o f Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. LIBRARY SCIENCE M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course) Psychological and philosophical d i - Independent study and research o n some topic of interest i n the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission t o the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course i n American literature, one course i n the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance. In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested i n a teaching major are encouraged t o take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planningtheir courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o department chairperson early i n senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies t o the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e courses listed under the American Studies major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses i n writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING 226 CREATIVE WRITING A preparatory course for effective writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. (Fall, Spring) The purpose of the course is t o encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing i n narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 227 JOURNALISM The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order t o hold a place i n the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced t o the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and communitv news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE PROFESSIONS A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals w i l l be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1 or Equivalent) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART ' The development of essays i n a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given t o stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, i n which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring) An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o t h e emergence o f literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given t o the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention i s given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship t o the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 1980-81) 367 M O D E R N POETRY 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. isc cuss ion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES Open t o junior or senior English majors w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may only d o so for a grade of P/N. ., be: ,c.J/. -- ,;.I - For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division non-Augsburg courses may be accepted. N o fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College is required for graduation. For transfer students intending to major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0 average in Advanced Conversation and composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. / 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hour? laboratory work. See above on placehent. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintaice with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) come acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Offered o n Demand) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t , grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students be. . -- . , . a . - - % ..... (Fall) * ,,,...... . . * , * . . , 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry, and the literature of ideas that led t o new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1 that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR an Or Study in depth genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple G ~ insights ~ intoG~~~~~ ~ ~ culture and participation i n short conversations. ~~b~~~~~~~ materialsavailable. (Fa//, spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply t o a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. I n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered o n demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t pansion of Aims at developing and refining the stuof reading skills through selections from use of German as a vehicle for the New Testament and other Hellenistic expressing his own ideas and opinions. writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough the Greek text. (Prereq.: 772 0' #. Fall) language, use of German as classroom (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE 451 GERMAN PROSE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Japanese Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in Norway recommended. (Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.) Consult department for details. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Studies. TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411 plus required education courses, including special methods. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING PREPARATION: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 172 or equivalent.) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Offered alternate years) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice i n spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of class for course offerings, and Russiam Area Studies in this catalog. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (711, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring) 223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the course will introduce the student t o the world of the Chicano and his dual struggle t o maintain his traditions and culture on the one hand, and t o integrate into American society on the other. (On Demand) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate years.) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #. Spring 7980, alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de- velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352, Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.; and non-Western. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years a language at the college level (0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o One course credit) to be defmded before a faculty committee. M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty schedules and student registration. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. ~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years. 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA 412 ENGLAND I N THE TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and o n the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and i t s effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention i s given to overseas emigration. 463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments i n this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus o n Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 464 M O D E R N CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions o f the 20th century. 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa. breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires i n Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the An introduction t o the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns t o be found in our physical and human environment. MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted t o department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study i n areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities i n one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r equations, exponents a n d radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN ALGEBRA 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa/ I ) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years) COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation between student and department. 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods.Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, at Hennepin County Medical Center, 106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics: Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology. courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s closely with the Medical Technology equivalent should expect to spend two adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in antee that all students will be accepted by the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship. logy major is not designed for persons Students must negotiate directly with the w h o already have t h e baccalaureate hospitals involved. - degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hear- ings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agenciesfor work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending on . proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed o n Norwegian urban development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. C. South American Urban Semester (SA U S) This "semester in the city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student .elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and in- 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA - Readings. discussions, and lectures in " , both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. -382 dependent study. FIELD EN'ERlENCE 383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major in Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform in music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies in'cluding at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective i n speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need t o apply for internshipsites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ- izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented i n parallel, rather than i n sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fa 11) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE O F MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. 330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Fall) Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music theory and history classes t o the study of 20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring, alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N BEHAVIOR Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. MUSIC THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. RECITALS Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation a quality perforand presentation mance. Instruments: Technique as ertoire~performance. rep- MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The music organizations exist not onlyfor the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes t o PERFORMANCE STUDIES participate in groups affording - opportun. . Vocal and instrumental instruction i s ity for musical expression. The student available t o all students. For statement of must be carrying at least two courses each fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is course credit. (Fall, Spring) required. No course credit. Brass Ensemble** Piano Choir* Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale** mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band* in piano taken after the piano proficiency Jazz Ensemble** examination has been passed may be apOrchestra* plied toward the music major or minor. String Ensemble** Woodwind Ensemble** Organ *Membership by audition. Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor. Natural Science Chairperson: Earl R. Alton NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas ~ approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Physical Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses i s designed t o provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general educa- tion requirements of the college and, i n the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES 7 COURSES - Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111, 112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry I n order t o make the program slightly more flexible, it i s recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology SCIENCE - 7 COURSES Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis-Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. 1. Chemistry Major Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry in place of Chemistry 362 Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit) Physics 245 - Modern physics 2. Physics Major Physics 245 - Modern Physics Physics 351 - Mechanics I Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory Three additional Physics courses t o be selected from the following: Physics 261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II; Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II; Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics 486, Quantum Mechanics. BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding t h e Weather (the alternative course not taken i n the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R Candidates requesting certification bas'ed upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation i n chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers an upper division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. i n the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the nursing - major. . I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is highly recommended. The required courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission t o the major. An upper division science course is required and must be completed during the first year of study in the nursing major. This is to be selected after consultation with a nursing faculty advisor. Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned so that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I (!h course) This course will present principles of teaching and learning within a process framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The students will have an opportunity t o assess their own learning style, write behavioral objectives and develop a teaching plan for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II (1/2 course) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT I n this course the student will examine elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a holistic assessment of an elderly person. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH Students will assess their own leadership style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303.) The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design a research project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill Focuses on systems theory, change theory and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Students will do a health assessment of a client and will explore a community health issue related t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.) This course will examine the diversity of American families. Content includes the structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of situational and developmental crisis events. The emerging role of the nurse in providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 423.) 311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community values of cultural groups as they relate to health care and the nurse's role in a community health team. Strong clinical component for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.) This course deals with the integration of communication, leadership theory and the professional nurse role in the context of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I The preceptorship practicum offers the student an opportunity to implement a negotiated learning contract in a selected practice setting. This approach provides opportunities for developing objectives, selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s), client and agencies, in providing complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.) groups i n a selected practice setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken concurrently with or following Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership theory t o I n depth study of a learner-selected topic or issue. Students must consult with faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration. Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241,242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual i n the Renaissanceand the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247.) 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? I n innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in astudy of the m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Suggested prior course, 730 or 344.) 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or one course in natural science.) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 247, 242, 343, 344 or #.) 430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from the corrective therapy coordinator. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. 234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared t o spend some weekends participating in these activities. (7/2 course. Spring) 243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F PHYSICAL EDUCATION Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703. Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL 223 TEAM SPORTS CHILD Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) (See Health Education) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D RHYTHMS Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (7/2 course. Interim) (See Health Education) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years only) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re- education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354 Summer school only) HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL AFFILIATlON 115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103, l . 108, 111; Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Chem. 103 or 105; 105; 231, Includes actual hospital experience i n 241. four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485, HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.) ]OR: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n an area of physical education. O p e n only t o junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231, 110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) Education of the exceptional child with special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand evaluation of tests in heaith and physical education. (spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background,legal bases,school health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics - Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. - - H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early i n their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 FOR LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed to serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing " solid state devices. The study of diodes, transistors and integrated circuits, with applications t o both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSlvE An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent o f instructor. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring) 486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairperson: Norma Noonan M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.* H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 160 W O R L D POLITICS Introduction t o the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. *The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed i n more than one area may be counted i n only one area toward major or minor requirements.) 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, i n compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Education adviser. The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political Science or #) 326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D BEHAVIOR 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D PROCESSES The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in th: electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional i n non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f election years.) An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states i n terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE (See Section V for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1 (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D ANALYSIS 459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. ( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e course i n Political Science or #.) Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. 363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES (See Section II for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls, emphasizing t h e values, goals, and assumptions which continue t o inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state i n comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, A N D FUTURE 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY A N D INTERNSHIPS. Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY: METROPOLITAN RESOURCES 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Chairperson: Norman Ferguson M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the psychology department and it i s approved by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Not more than two courses from among 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may actually take more such courses. I t i s recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests i n psychology. For example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication i s recommended for many students. M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An introduction t o the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel environments such as outer space, animal & machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705) 264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN, PROCEDURE, A N D ANALYSIS I, II A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II. Majors i n psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory i n respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 7 05) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq. : 357) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 PERSONALITY An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall) 355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and one course i n biology. Fall) A review of maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Experience in a variety of community service units will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring) 356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring) 357 LEARNING Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 705) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) Study of selected areas and topics i n psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior t o registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #). 399 INTERNSHIP 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Discussion of contemporary societal Issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. . 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) Limited registration by special permission for advanced students i n psychology. Students must present a written plan prior t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r especially for majors to be taken i n the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied t o the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471-475. C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR: The Minnesota Department of Education does not at the present timegrant teacher certification for a religion major or minor. To prepare for teaching about religion in public schools, the student should work closely with the Religion Department t o design a program which includes: a) a major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or secondary teaching, and b) a religion major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355, 356, 360, 363 and 471. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquim with the department. M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N THE LlFE O F THE CITY The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087) 111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY 356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 7987-82) See under Department of Philosophy 360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY 353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N AMERICA An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and 361 C H U R C H FATHERS 471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological thought of the Protestant reformersof the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION I N AMERICA A study of the development of religion i n America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o the challenges of its environing culture. 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this country. 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H (See under Department of Music) 399 INTERNSHIP Limited t o students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship t o the early church, and some of the themes to be found i n his writings. (Offered 1981-82) 473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D TESTAMENT The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Offered 1980-81) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N CATHOLIC THEOLOGY structive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con- Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian A r e a Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks t o give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching. MAJOR: 11 courses 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses i n Russian history 1 course i n Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course i n Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives. M I N O R : 6 courses 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 1 course i n Russian history 1 course i n Soviet politics 1 course in Marxist theory 1 other course from the approved list of electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Director: Mildred l o e l MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses. Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign languages. 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given t o O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Offered Spring, 1981.) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C See under Department of Music. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis o n conditions and developments i n the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE - AMERICAN The O l d World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation t o the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand) 351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 7987) 352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980) 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of Religion. Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION EXPERIENCE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar. Term (SUST). 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS See description under Department of Art. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching i n social studies. The Social Science major i s also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned i n any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major i s significantly different from the other major. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2 non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of these must be upper division. 2. 2 political science courses. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business; Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc. 362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365, Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation. 4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics, geography, psychology, sociology. vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC. 362 or 365. D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS EMPHASIS 6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122, 14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th term of collegework in a modern sion, from economics, history, political foreign language. science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332, clude: Poli. Sci. 363, 461. I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any disciplines. one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258, 2. 5 or more courses from another of the 495, seminar, independent study or disciplines other than history. interim course on a relevant topic; 3. 1 American history course (may be Part Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar, of requirement 1). independent study or interim course 4. 1 social science methodology course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351, from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot. 380, 381, 382, seminar, independent 362 or365 (may be Part of requirement study or interim course on a relevant 1 or 2). topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS lege work in a second modern foreign language. 1. Hist. 103, The Modern World. 2. 12 courses in non-Western studies, Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from with at least 4 disciplines represented, each of five disciplines, selected from the from the following: Econ. 122, 258; f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics, Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science, nar, independent study, or interim psychology, and sociology. The selection course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. of courses must be approved by one of 351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science ent study, or interim course on a relemajor. Social W o r k Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins i n the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from faculty as to sequence of requisite courses from other departments. MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326, Speech 354 and/or 355. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year. SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. Completion of aspecialization i s noted on the transcript. SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. .: .. I.. .. -,:. ' - Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim) viduals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior. Spring) 340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed t o work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.) 361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare i n the U.S. and the role of social work i n them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; guest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall) 363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F SOCIAL W O R K Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi- 364 FIELD W O R K I 461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS IN SOCIAL W O R K Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #. Fa11) 463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV: Ten hours per week in a Social Service agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D DEVELOPMENT This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 FIELD WORK Ill Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. ('/z course. Interim.) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS PROFESSIONAL Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464; Spring) 468 SPECIAL TOPICS Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (#half or full credit. Interim) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. Sociology Chairperson: G . Nelson MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take ad- vantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree i n sociology will be granted to a candidate if he/she successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE M O D E R N METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS I N SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n American society. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS 231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring) The first course in atwo-coursesequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative informa- tion. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview o f methods o f organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. M a j o r attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and Psych. 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 777 or 127 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality i n the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #. Fall) - 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal contai'ning rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according t o department guidelines. (Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s Chairperson: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241, and Philosophy 130. C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses. 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $70. Fall) SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN SOCIETY See under Department of Political Science. 351 Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art 227 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL COMMUNICATlONS action through verbal and non-verbal I, II messages; emphasis on factors that build relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art munication barriers. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART 355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N See under Department of English A study of group dynamics and leadership 242 FILM-MAKING with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups See under Department of Art. and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate years.) 480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N Cooperative investigation o f topics i n speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) THEATER ARTS THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r Scandinavian Drama. Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233, 243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n voice and movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361, 362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 C. in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship. THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation i n dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,476 or a voice and diction course,and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor i n English. and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Spring, alternate years) 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice i n reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization,crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Offered alternate years). 229 STAGE DESIGN I lntroduction t o scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 361 THEATER HISTORY Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.) 362 THEATER CRITICISM A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.) 366 STAGE DIRECTION I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper dividion students only. Spring) 233 ADVANCED ACTING 367 STAGE DIRECTION I1 This course explores t h e elements o f characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or exerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor. Spring.) 429 STAGE DESIGN II 399 INTERNSHIP Consult faculty in area of emphasis. 428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1 Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall) - Advanced design projech based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary M a j o r - - - . Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond t o a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. BOARD OF REGENTS+' Charles W. Arnason Senior Vice President and Secretary Minneapolis Star and Tribune Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere Attorney LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson, O'Brien & Drawz Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman Oscar M. Austad President The Austad Company Sioux Falls, South Dakota James C. Lindell Treasurer West Publishing Company St. Paul, Minnesota Treasurer Chairman, Finance and Management Committee Dr. Paul B. Batalden Program Director, Health Services Research St. Louis Park Medical Center St. Louis Park, Minnesota Arley R. Bjella Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter Attorney Faegre & Benson Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge Chairman of the Board Citizens State Bank of St. Louis Park St. Louis Park, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson Minneapolis, Minnesota The Rev. Harris W. Lee Pastor Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman Chairman, Academic and Student Affairs Committee *as of September, 1979 Dr. Harold I. Lunde Executive Vice PresidentAdministration Kobacker Stores, lnc. Columbus, Ohio Dr. Arthur Naftalin Professor, Public Affairs University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota William A. Nelson, jr. Chairman of the Board Nelson Resource Corp. Secaucus, New Jersey Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr. Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited Minneapolis, Minnesota Secretary Chairman, Development Committee Dr. Carl N. Platou President Fairview Community Hospitals Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo Member of Congress Fifth District-Minnesota Washington, D.C. Bertil Sandberg President, N. H. Sandberg Erection Company St. Paul, Minnesota The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack Professor, Church History Lut.her Theological Seminary St. Paul, Minnesota N. Stanley Stake Group Vice President Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson Mary Lou Williams President Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. Padilla and Speer, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock Chairman Tennant Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College Faculty R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairperson *SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg College B *JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D. *MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota *ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion) JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University * D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice) *MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University *LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary *WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Barbara -Santa ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University * J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of Minnesota *LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairperson GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairperson *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach F SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities, Ph.D., University of Minnesota HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University *ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University o f Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979, University of Minnesota (Spanish) BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota *BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone) *JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University o f Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of Kentucky MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971, Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia * D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University * N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota *MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota M J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of Minnesota NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska *LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University of Minnesota ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota Head Baseball Coach C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairperson RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota *CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson *CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairperson *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano) RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota *JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach *WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963, Concordia College LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairperson DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana (Strings) M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Seminary Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University *BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University * J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of America *DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making) - EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-Chairperson LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of Music *WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974, Mankato State University *MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of Pittsburgh IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany), Department Chairperson * D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano) * E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice) * H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ) *LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado *VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University *BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass) *PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting) Department Chairperson RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977. NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota Administrative Personnel GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. .Avalon Okerson ...... FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker .Beverly Wegge Registrar ............................................. Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach .Bonnie Wallace Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte .Pamela Louisa Assistant Registrar ..................................... Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson ......... DEVELOPMENT ........................ .Glen W. Johnson ...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland ............................. .Michael Walgren Vice President for Development Director of Deferred Giving.. Director of Annual Fund.. Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... , Associate Director, Alumni and Parent Giving ....................................... Executive Secretary .................................... ....... .A. B. Batalden .Jeroy Carlson .Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information.. Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison .... ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange Assistant Director Bill Ross .Sue Bonner Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson ..................................... ..................... STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine INDEX ........... Academic Administration 47 Academic Life ..................... 14 Accreditation ....................... 7 Administration ................... 156 Admission to the College ........... 31 Advanced Placement ...............34 Advanced Standing ................ 34 American Indian Programs 26 American Studies .................. 56 Anthropology .................... 139 Art, Department of ................. 57 Biology. Department of ............. 60 Black Student Programs ............ 26 Board of Regents ................. 116 Business Administration ............ 63 Calendar ...................... Cover Campus Map ...................... 70 Certification Programs .............. 22 Chemistry. Department of .......... 71 Chinese ........................... 87 Classification ...................... 54 Communications ................. 141 Computer Science ................ 101 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................. 19 Continuing Education .............. 22 Corrective Therapy ................ 19 Costs .......................... 35. 44 Course Descriptions ................ 56 Course Value ...................... 54 Credit by Examination .............. 54 Dean's List ........................ 52 Degrees ........................... 23 Divisional Organization ............ 47 East Asian Studies .................. 74 Economics ........................ 67 Education. Department of .......... 75 Engineering ....................... 81 English. Department of ............. 81 Enrollment ........................ 55 Expenses ....................... 35, 4 Faculty ........................... 147 Financial Aid ...................... 35 Five-College Cooperative ........... 18 Food Service ...................... 29 Foreign Language, Department of ................... 86 French ............................ 87 44 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements ................... 15 .......... .......... Geography ........................ 99 German ........................... 90 Glossary of Terms ................... 4 Grading ........................... 50 Graduates ......................... 55 Graduation Requirements 48 Graduation with Distinction 32 Greek ............................ 92 Health Education ................. 719 Health Service ..................... 29 History of Augsburg College 6 History. Department of ............. 96 Honors Program ................... 22 Housing ....................... 27, 45 Independent Study ................ 52 Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25 Intercultural Center ................ 26 Inter-Institutional Programs 75 International Students .............. 27 Internship Program ................ 22 Japanese .......................... 92 Journalism ........................ 83 Library Science .................... 80 Location ........................... 6 Majors ............................ 15 Mathematics, Department of ........ 99 Medical Technology .............. 702 Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102 Music, Department of ............. 104 Music Therapy .................... 108 Nature and Objectives .6 of Augsburg ............... Natural Science ................... 109 22 New Dimensions Program Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7 Norwegian ........................ 93 Numbering of Courses ............. 55 Nursing .......................... 111 Personnel of the College .......... 147 16 Pre-Professional Training 113 Philosophy, Department of Physical Education ................ 116 Physical Plant ...................... 12 Physics, Department of ............ 120 Political Science, Department of .................. 123 Probation and Dismissal ............ 49 Psychology, Department of ........ 126 Regents, Board of ................. 146 45 Refunds ......................... Registration ....................... 49 .......... ........ ......... ......... .., .......... ........... ........ Religion. Department of ........... 129 Religious Life ...................... 24 Russian Area Studies .............. 132 Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133 Scholarships. Grants ................ 35 Social Science Majors ............. 134 135 Social Work. Department of Sociology. Department of .......... 138 Spanish ........................... 94 Speech. Department of ............ 141 Student Life ....................... 24 Student Rights ..................... 29 ....... Student Services ................... 25 Study Abroad ...................... 20 Summer School .................... 22 Symbol (#) ........................ 55 Theater Arts ...................... 143 Transdiciplinary Major 145 Transfer t o Augsburg 32 Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44 Veterans .......................... 53 Visiting the Campus ................. 7 Work-Study ....................... 35 ............ ............... CATALOG 1980-82 AUGSBURG COLLEGE This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the 1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog, with page number references. Although information was current at the time of publication, it i s subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Accreditation and Memberships National League for Nursing National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. College Costs 1981-82 Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00 600.00 Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ........................... 300.00 Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................ Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00 986.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ....................................... Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medical Technology (Senior Fee) .............. 5.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ............ Class, per semester ....... 150.00 50.00 600.00 Music Therapy Internship (one course credit) ............ 600.00 POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 2 Summer 1981 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Financial Aid/l7-18 Gift Assistance Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s $1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office. Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Scholarships/20-23 Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Departmental Scholarships Chemistry Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded The Rev. and Mrs. study of history. annually to a history major. 0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the Music Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in church music. Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded annually to a music therapy student. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in political science. Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-BusinessAdministration Elementary Education Engineering' English Foreign Languages Chinese,l French German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,l Spanish Health Education History International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science Social Work Sociology Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education: Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics. Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5 5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl. Graduation Requirements/39-40 Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. 4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor i i1udenr5 whore complete academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a major i n Nursing. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology Psychology-Sociology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is, one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41 Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4 grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v the teacher along with the incomplete. J A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Art/49 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg College. Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341, 358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[ work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 181,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course. Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4) Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115; Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S. degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6) Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese 5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365: and the music major for Educ. 373. The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. ' (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods -. (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society -.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval) 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r , James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information and use libraries effectively.'(Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service. worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Germad75 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) M a t hematics/89-90 361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355) A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal ofoan procedures problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~ l Topics tnclude the general concept or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~. of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245) tlon, numer~r-a1 Computer Science Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs. Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers. Augsburg also has access to large r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota. ~~~~~~~r. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495. Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor. 145 Introduction to General Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods (See Mathematics 361, new number for this course) 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. Music L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman, Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt. See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information, guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals; French o r German. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g 103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv and 1Sociology. ~ncluding Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362, 3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended], Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student who wishes to particrpate: Augsburg Choir Brass Ensemble Chorale String Ensemble Concert Band Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble Orchestra Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area. MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree. Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading. D ~ ~ r l nthe g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and Instruments are available for rent. jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50) designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present full Junior and Senior recitals. Examinations All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223,224 Theory MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of ~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt, and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224. Spr~ng) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature o i Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall) 375 Instrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p sites must be made n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded. and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Natural Science/99 Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245). Nursing/99 Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing. 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and Mathematics 122 or 125) 486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy -\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud. lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1982) Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land. aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) Social Science/l17 Social Science M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science l major: t h e General M a j o r and the Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d es t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected on In the Soc~al I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major. GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3: Hi5tory221,222; G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or 710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses i o n in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics. : Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^ Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course (Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4 disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440, 474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 : seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) on rhe high school level must complete, in Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~ addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History 222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or v sociology - o r incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. Social Work 118-119 Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*; and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. AUCSBURC COLLEGE Official publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue S. Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less

Title: Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing Catalog 1980-1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Please write for application material to: REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL 2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital affiliated with the American Lutheran Church; A member of Fairvi...
Show more Please write for application material to: REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL 2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital affiliated with the American Lutheran Church; A member of Fairview Community Hospitals ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1980-1981 For The FRESHMEN: Freshmen arrive Sept. 2 Registration at Augsburg College Sept. 3 Fall semester begins Sept. 4 Thanksgiving holidays Nov. 27-30 Last day of fall semester Dec. 19 Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays Interim begins Jan. 5 Interim ends Jan. 30 Feb. 4 Spring semester begins April 16-21 Easter I spring holidays May 21 Spring semester ends For The JUNIORS & SENIORS: Aug. 20-22 Orientation for transfer students Aug. 25 First quarter begins Oct. 24 First quarter ends Nov. 3 Second quarter begins Nov. 27-30 Thanksgiving holidays Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays Second quarter ends Jan. 16 Third quarter begins Jan. 26 Third quarter ends Mar. 27 Fourth quarter begins April 6 April 20 Easter holidays Fourth quarter ends June 5 The above schedule is tentative and subject to change. 1646 students have graduated from Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing 128 students are currently enrolled. Cover photograph by Miriam Weinstein LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL BOARD OF TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION BOARD OF TRUSTEES Gerald Simonson, Chairman Dr. Kenneth C. Bailey Mr. James W. Krause Mr. George Michaelsen Mr. Charles H. Clay Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann Mr. Donald A. Nelson Mrs. Marlene Engstrom Rev. Maynard L. Nelson Mr. Richard Franzmeier Rev. John N. Parbst Mr. Allen A. Housh Mr. Clinton A. Schroeder Dr. Richard D. Hovland Dr. John M. Stensvaag Dr. Donald Johnson Dr. Francis J. Trost Mr. Verne C. Johnson Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing HOSPITAL ADMINISTRATION Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Administrator Mr. Mark M. Enger, Assistant Administrator BULLETIN EDUCATION & COMMUNITY RELATIONS COMMITTEE Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann, Chairwoman Mr. George S. Michaelsen Dr. Donald Johnson Mr. Donald A. Nelson Mrs. Gloria Nelson Rev. John Parbst ex-officio: Mr. Gerald Simonson Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Hospital Administrator Mrs. Margaret Hermann, Director, School of Nursing 1980-1982 A three-year hospital-based diploma program in basic nursing approved by the Minnesota Board of Nursing and accredited by the National League for Nursing. We believe our diploma program meets a unique need. We intend to continue with our program as long as we meet this need. 2315 14th AVENUE SOUTH• MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404 36 1 . *Mary Catherine Hooke, R.N., B.S ................. Instructor of Pediatric Nursing State University of New York-Binghamton, B.S. Graduate work: University of Rochester, New York University of Minnesota-Minneapolis June lge, R.N., B.S.N ........................ Instructor of Fundamental Nursing Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota *Genevieve McCarr, R.N., B.S., M. Ed ......... Instructor of Fundamental Nursing College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.Ed. *Rachel Nelson, R.N., B.S ........................ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S. Jean Pekarek, R.N., A.A., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, Minnesota, R.N., A.A. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis Dawn Ranger, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............... Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing West Suburban School of Nursing, Oak Park, Illinois, R.N. Wheaton College, Wheaton, Illinois, B.S.N. De Paul University, Chicago, Illinois, M.S.N. *Eva Schander, R.N., B.S.N ................... Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota A. Marlin Stene, B.A., B.Th., S.T.M ............ Hospital Chaplain Supervisor and Instructor of Religion St. Olaf College, Northfield, Minnesota, B.A. Luther Seminary, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.Th. Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, Iowa, S.T.M. Marie Joel ........................................................ Registrar A~EA M~~ A . G RELATIONSHIPS ............ 3 ·~ .> ••••••••• , •• • ••• • ••••••••••••••• 4 PHILOs~PHY ·. I:~S ()F THE PROGRAM .......... 5 > .. S~ND PROCEDURES ............ 11 ENTRANCE RE ·.· . · . STUDENT SERVIGEs ::~··)<.·~··v ... · ......................... 16 STUDENT ACTIVI'f~JSS ... :;,..: •..........•... , ................ 18 FINANCIAL INFORMATION .. : ............................. 19 FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION ............................ 21 ACADEMIC INFORMATION ................................. 23 CURRICULUM ORGANIZATION , ........................... 26 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS .................................... 29 SCHOOL OF NURSING FACULTY ............................ 34 LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ADMINISTRATION ..... 36 .HISTORY .. v·:'' The contents of this bulletin are subject to change without notice. or information contained herein. *Part-time instructors . .. •, ~ 35 '··· ,, 1_0,,L3<.::: Flow Chart continued: 1 ii::_, E ' LUrrHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL SCHOOL OF NURSING 0 rSo .µ <Cl OJ S<d u +> (/) (/) S- U1 • r- (/) U1 U1 VlS-OS-S::::S-<IJS<Cl ::::; ..o ::::; ,,_ ::::; E ::::; .--- 0 <Cl Or- 0 <lJ 0 U:C...J:CU:Ctn:C 0 THIRD YEAR Fall Semester (16 weeks) +Rehabilitation Nursing +Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing Trends in Nursing II: History 45 45 8 135 135 Interim (4 weeks) Independent Nursing Studies BULLETIN SUPPLEMENT FOR 1980-1982 This supplement describes the changes that have occurred in the school and the nursing program that it offers since the printing of the bulletin. 8 8 •7 2 CHANGES IN ACADEMIC INFORMATION Level IV Spring Semester (16 weeks) Nursing Intervention in Acute Care 48 48 Management of Patient Care Trends in Nursing III: Professionalism 8 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 22 * * * * * * 196 196 The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing has been changed so that all three years follow the 4-1-4 plan consisting of two semesters and an interim. Each semester is 16 weeks in length, and the interim is 4 weeks. 8 8 •7 2 CHANGES IN THE CURRICULUM: * * * ** COURSE DESCRIPTIONS: The following courses have been added or redefined in the curriculum: CURRENT COSTS FOR 1981-82 Tuition at Lutheran Deaconess Tuition for Augsburg College Health Fee Dormitory Room Rent Graduation Fee Books, Supplies & Incidentals FIRST YEAR COSTS SECOND YEAR COSTS THIRD YEAR COSTS $1,800.00 2,400.00 30.00 625.00 $3,000.00 150.00 30.00 625.00 $3,000.00 400.00 400.00 30.00 625.00. 50.00 400.00 Tuition and fees are estimated above. Effort will be made to keep charges as estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as necessary. OPERATING ROOM NURSING (4 weeks) Op~rating Room Nursing is a Level II course which introduces the student to the nurses role during surgical intervention and the maintenance of surgical asepsis. The student functions with professional staff learning the role of a circulating nurse and scrub nurse. Focus is on responsibility to the patient pre-, intra-, and postoperatively. There are 36 hours of classroom theory and 72 hours of clinical experience in the operating room or clinical area. NURSING INTERVENTION IN ACUTE CARE (8 weeks) Nursing Intervention in Acute Care is a Level IV course in which the student TS exposed to patients and their families with complex threats to health. Focus is on specific nursing interventions appropriate for patients and their families in intensive care, coronary care and emergency areas. There are 48 hours of classroom theory and 192 hours of clinical, 160 hours of which is inhospital, and 32 hours of which is psychomotor skills practice in a laboratory setting. New Course Flow Chart continued: Vl Vl Vl rtJ ~ s... ,._ 0 Interim (4 weeks) Pharmacology II General, Organic & Biological Chemistry II* Spring Semester (16 weeks) Fundamentals of Nursing II General, Organic & Biological Chemistry II* (continuation) Microbiology* +Effective Writing c 0 .µ r-• m u rtJ FIRST YEAR Level I Fall Semester (16 weeks) Fundamentals of Nursing I Pharmacology I General, Organic & Biological Chemistry I* Anatomy and Physiology* +General Psychology* Vl u :r: 45 28 _J Vl S- ::::l 0 ::r:. u:c (/) :r: 0 45 0 s... Vl •r- Vl Vl s:: s... ~s .,.. ~ rtJ 0 Ir- 0 -.I u :r: Vl s... Q) E ~ a; 0 :r: (/) :r: 14 2 12 45 30 42 42 (]) .µ u 28 12 s... rel 45 30 42 4 4 4 Level II SQ) .µ S- Vl .,.. Vl Vl S- 0 S- s:: S- Q) ;:::) ..0 ;:::) .,.. ;:::) E ,... 0 rel 0 ,... 0 a; Vl Vl rtJ :r: res SECOND YEAR In addition, Medical-Surgical Nursing 201 and 202 have been combined into one course. ******* I 0 0 S- u ,... +-' s... Independent Nursing Studies is the last course in Level III and is taught during the four week interim of the senior year. In this course, the student engages in two self-selected independent learning projects. The first project consists of a one week student investigation of the identification and possible use of health care resources in an urban or rural setting. The second project consists of a two week investigation of a nursing topic selected by the student. For both projects, the student develops a contract in conjunction with an instructor. One week of the course is also devoted to having the student obtain certification in first aid and CPR if ne/she does not already possess current certification valid through the date of graduation. E S0 0 0 INDEPENDENT NURSING STUDIES (4 weeks) NEW COURSE FLOW CHART >:, E 4, 2 42 42 4 42 42 4 4 Fall Semester (16 weeks) Medical-Surgical Nursing Principles of Sociology** Church and Sects of America** 96 42 22 Interim (4 weeks) Operating Room Nursing First Aid 16 18 96 0 2 Level I I I Spring Semester (16 weeks) 45 +Pediatric Nursing 45 +Obstetrical Nursing '42 Developmental Psychology:The Child* 8 Trends in Nursing I: Assertiveness 135 135 8 8 4 *Courses taken at Augsburg College **Cours,es offered by Augsburg Co 11 ege on Deaconess Campus +Course taken in the fall or spring semester 256 14 4 2 .7 I FACUL TY, SCHOOL OF NURSING Margaret Hermann, R.N., B.S.N., M.A ........... Director, School of Nursing and Instructor of Trends of Nursing Milwaukee Lutheran Hospital School of Nursing, R.N. University of Wisconsin-Madison, B.S.N. College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A. Barry L. Lundquist, B.S., M.A., Ed. S. . ........... Director of Curriculum Affairs Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, B.S. Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, M.A. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, Ed.S. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis *Lisa Austin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ................. Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, B.S.N. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, M.S.N. *Susan Bates, R.N., B.A., M.A .................... Instructor of Trends of Nursing College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.A. College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A. Graduate Work: William Mitchell College of Law Beverly Beling, R.N., B.S.N. Ed ................... Instructor of Pediatric Nursing St. Luke's School of Nursing, Fargo, North Dakota, R.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Ed. Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota *LuAnn Dahle, R.N., B.S.N., M.S ................ Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S. Sharon Dodds, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............. Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, R.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P .H. Christine Erdahl, R.N ., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing Abington Memorial School of Nursing, Abington, Pennsylvania, R.N. Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, B.S.N. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis Marjorie Erickson, R.N., B.S.N .................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N. Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota *Loretta Hanafin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing College of St. Teresa, Winona, Minnesota, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S.N. Carol Heupel, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............... Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing Memorial School of Nursing, Wilmington, Delaware, R.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P.H. 34 UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA DETAIL OF HOSPITAL AREA --. ;:::::====:!::::===~~ CHILDREN'S HEALTH CENTER . AND HOSPITAL EBENEZER SOCIETY Deaconess Hospital E LAl<E ST Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is ideally located close to downtown Minneapolis at 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota. In addition to the facilities of the hospital, the nursing program is augmented by relationships with the following institutions and agencies: Fairview Hospital 2312 South 6th Street Minneapolis, !'Jinnesota Fairview Southdale Hospital 6401 France Avenue South Edina, Minnesota Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota Planned Parenthood 127 South 10th Street Minneapolis, Minnesota Children's Health Center and Hospital 2525 Chicago A venue South Minneapolis, Minnesota Planned Parenthood 1965 Ford Parkway St. Paul,Minnesota Ebenezer Society 2532 Portland Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 3 NVR 340 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital was founded in 1888. The first building with a maximum bed capacity of twelve was a frame dwelling at 2731 Hennepin A venue. Young women called into the service of the Master as deaconesses cared for the patients. In 1891 the first building on the present site was purchased and remodeled for hospital use. The sick continued to be cared for by deaconesses, graduates and students. In 1916, on the foundations laid by the Diaconate, and in response to the demands for more adequately prepared nurses, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing was established under the direction of Miss Inger Bergh. The ideals of Christian service which inspired the pioneering deaconesses became also those of the leaders who followed. Since the beginning, the School has offered a three year diploma program in basic nursing, preparing nurses to take the examinations leading to state registration (R.N.). Continuous efforts have been made to meet nursing needs of people through many periods of social change. Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is located within the metropolitan area of Minneapolis and participates in the delivery of health care to the inner city residents. The present bed capacity is two hundred forty-five. In 1967 a nursing school building, Anna Bergeland Hall, was completed. This building provides school offices, classrooms, library, lounges and recreational facilities in addition to dormitory rooms for nursing students. In 1973 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital entered into a consolidation with the Fairview Hospitals to form the Fairview Community Hospitals. In 1976 with the closing of Fairview Hospital School of Nursing, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing became the school for the Fairview Community Hospitals. PSYCHIATRIC-MENTAL HEAL TH NURSING 8 Credits This course consists of a study of the dynamics of human behavior, assessment of the needs of the psychiatric and chemically dependent patient with a focus on emotional needs, therapeutic approaches, use of self as a therapeutic tool, implementation, and evaluation. The student is provided with varied opportunities to work in collaboration with nurses and other mental health team members and to assess various community based mental health agencies. Laboratory experiences are focused on theory based nursing interventions with emphasis on communication skills and group dynamics. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351. NUR 400 MANAGEMENT OF PATIENT CARE Management of Patient Care is taught in the last quarter to all senior nursing students. The course focuses on principles of leadership, management, research in nursing, and the nurse's role in disaster. The student spends 24 hours a week in the clinical area caring for the critically ill adult patient, acting as co-team leader for a nursing team and managing care for a group of 4 to 5 patients. Emphasis is placed on the integration of past and present knowledge in the management of patients' care. Prereq. NUR 310, 320, 330, 340. Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is: accredited by: National League for Nursing approved by: Minnesota Board of Nursing member of: Gopher State Nurses Association member of: Helene Fuld Health Trust Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is: accredited by: Joint Commission of Accreditation of Hospitals 4 8 Credits 33 NUR 212 TRENDS IN NURSING III: PROFESSIONALISM .7 Credits This course provides the student with a comprehensive study of the nature of professionalism as it applies to the field of nursing. Within this context, the student examines the goals and requirements of licensure, the selection, application, and resignation processes as they apply to the employment of nurses, government programs and state and federal legislation as they affect the field of nursing, and the nature and scope of continuing education programs for diploma graduates. NUR 310 OBSTETRICAL-MATERNITY NURSING 8 Credits This course is a study of the normal maternity cycle related to the mother and newborn infant with emphasis on family centered and mental health principles. The student is introduced to the physiological, psychological and ethical concepts needed to provide comprehensive nursing care to families during the child bearing cycle. Complications of pregnancy and selected disorders of the reproductive tract are also included. Seminars and selected clinical laboratory experiences in the care of the mother, the newborn, prematures, and certain gynecological patients are provided. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351. NUR 320 ORTHO-NEURO NURSING 8 Credits This course provides the student with the basic principles of orthopedic-neurologic nursing care and the rehabilitation process in hospital and community ambulatory settings. The student acquires facility in discharge planning, exploring selected health care services and systems in rural and urban environments, and developing health assessment skills. Prereq. NUR 203. NUR 330 PEDIATRIC NURSING 8 Credits Pediatric nursing concentrates on aiding the student develop: a knowledge of normal growth and development from birth through adolescent years, an understanding of the child and his family, a knowledge of normal and pathologic embryology, anatomy and physiology, understanding of the diseases caused by disorders of the body systems, proficiency in the application of the nursing process in the care of children, and proficiency in performing technical skills in caring for children. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351. 32 PHILOSOPHY The philosophy of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is in harmony with the Statement of Mission of the Fairview Community Hospitals of which Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a member. The School of Nursing faculty believes that: NURSING is a science and an art which seeks to preserve and promote health by meeting physical, social, emotional, and spiritual needs of the patient as a member of family and community. As a profession, nursing is the unique integration of the art of caring with the application of the natural and behavioral sciences. The nursing process is used to facilitate a person's ability to adapt and to move toward self-actualization. EDUCATION is a life-long learning process, integrating and developing knowledge, attitudes and skills. Through participation in the learning process, the learner should be able to lead a full and purposeful life and function as a responsible citizen. Specifically, nursing education provides systematic direction and guidance in using scientific principles and the art of nursing to facilitate the development of knowledge, attitudes and skills necessary for professional nursing. LEARNING involves changes in the learner's cognitive, affective, and psychomotor responses. Learning is an active, continuous process influenced by the learner's intellectual ability, experience, environment, and attitudes. Facilitation of learning occurs when education is sequential and proceeds from simple to complex as students advance in the educational program and when opportunities for practice are provided concurrently with theory. In addition, a Christian and democratic atmosphere promotes learning. Christian faith instills a spirit of love which promotes the ideas of worth of the individual and of service to one's fellow man, and the democratic process promotes respect for the rights of others and for their opinions together with freedom to explore and question. The ROLE OF FACULTY is to facilitate the learning process by providing an environment conducive to acquiring knowledge, attitudes, and skills necessary to give professional nursing care. The faculty assumes the responsibility for planning, implementing, evaluating and revising learning experiences. The STUDENT shares the responsibility for his own learning and self-development through self-involvement and utilization of guidance which fosters self-direction. 5 The SCHOOL meets its commitment of service to the community by preparing a safe practitioner who responds to the health needs of the community as a member of the interdisciplinary health care team by promoting wellness, intervening during illness, and rehabilitating to optimum functioning. The school is responsible for meeting the student's educational needs through providing a curriculum based on scientific fact, current knowledge, sequential learning, continuity, and integration of major areas of nursing. Furthermore, the school assumes the responsibility to provide an educationally prepared faculty who functions as effective instructors and role models, and requires a high standard of performance by the student to meet the school's responsibility to the community. Lastly, the school assumes the responsibility of providing the appropriate and necessary facilities to allow for the optimum interaction of the students and the faculty through the use of the curriculum. NUR 201 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING I 8 Credits Medical-Surgical Nursing I is the first course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence which introduces the student to pathophysiology, man's adaption to illness, and the process of nursing. Attention is given to special nursing techniques, the aging process, spiritual needs, communication and limited threats to health. The course is taught on a body systems model composed of classroom and clinical experiences. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient. Prereq. NUR 103 or equiv. NUR 202 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING II 8 Credits Medical-Surgical Nursing II is th.e second course in the medical-surgical sequence building on MS I, with attention focused on moderate threats to health, communication techniques, cultural influences on health and illness, and intermediate nursing techniques. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient with intermediate threats to health. Prereq. NUR 201. NUR 203 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING III 8 Credits Medical-Surgical Nursing III is the last course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence, building on MS I and MS II and focusing on multiple threats to health, community resources and complex nursing techniques facilitating adaptation. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient with multiple threats to health. Time is also devoted to visiting community resource agencies and correlating them with patient care. Prereq. NUR 202. NUR 210 TRENDS IN NURSING I: ASSERTIVENESS .7 Credits This is an assertiveness class that assists the student in identifying characteristics of assertive, non-assertive and aggressive behaviors. The student follows specific steps in attaining assertiveness and learning to distinguish hindrances in reaching a specific goal. Applications of principles are made to the professional career of nursing through feedback and communication exercises. NUR 211 TRENDS IN NURSING II: HISTORY .7 Credits This course provides the student with the historical foundations of the nursing profession. The student examines a brief survey of the historical development of the nursing profession, focusing on the forces, trends, and issues of the past that have shaped the profession into what it is today. 6 31 PSY 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 Credits Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. REL 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA 2 Credits A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will be considered. SOC 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing offers a program of nursing education with a Christian influence at the diploma level. The graduate is prepared to apply for licensure as Registered Nurse (R.N.). 4 Credits PROGRAM OBJECTIVES Sociology as a mode of analysis or a way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society: socialization, family life, social inequalities, largescale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. NURSING COURSES NUR 101 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING I 4 Credits This course introduces the student to the nursing profession. It provides a guide for the beginning student in the development of ideals of service in the care of the sick and own life as a nurse. The course helps the student to understand the basic needs: physical, psychosocial, and spiritual, and the means whereby these needs are met. The student learns basic nursing skills in the classroom and in the hospital as she begins to care for patients. NUR 102 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING II 4 Credits This course provides the nursing student with the biomedical background needed in order to approach the subject of pharmacology rationally. It emphasizes the fundamental principles of pharmacology and concentrates on prototype drugs with which the student will have to be familar in further encounters with pharmacology. The student develops a habit of referring to various resources of drug information needed in more advanced courses. Prereq. NUR 101. NUR 103 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING III 4 Credits This course, the last in the three-course sequence, focuses on man's interaction with the environment. It considers basic human needs and reactions to threats of these needs. The student utilizes a problem solving process to assess the health status of the patient when planning and executing nursing intervention. Prereq. NUR 102. 30 The graduate of this program will: Function as a beginning staff nurse in hospitals, clinics and similar health care institutions. Function as a member of health care team and a member of and/or leader of the nursing team. Demonstrate by clinical performance the attainment of curriculum objectives. CURRICULUM OBJECTIVES Upon completition of this program of studies the graduate is prepared to: Synthesize the principles from biological, physical, and behavioral sciences to the nursing process. Adapt the nursing process in providing nursing care. Utilize appropriate communication skills to establish effective interpersonal relationships. Utilize principles of teaching-learning in health care situations. Integrate community resources in planning comprehensive health care. Practice nursing according to legal, professional, and social responsibilities and constraints. Practice safe nursing by making judgements based on scientific principles and medical diagnosis. Adapt to the changing role and demands of the nursing profession and the need for continuing education. Assume a leadership role in directing and coordinating the activities of the nursing team in caring for patients. Integrate Christian principles and values into the professional life. 7 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES TAKEN AT AUGSBURG COLLEGE DURING THE FRESHMAN YEAR BIO 103 The mission of The Fairview Community Hospitals is to provide high quality healthrelated services in a spirit of Christian concern to meet the personal needs and improve the health status of the people and communities we serve. In fulfillment of this mission, we affirm that Fairview Community Hospitals: HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 4 Credits A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. BIO 108 4 Credits MICROBIOLOGY >Is an expression of the healing ministry of Jesus Christ. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. >Is committed to view those whom we serve as persons of dignity and worth, regardless of race, sex, creed or social status. Chem 103 & 104 GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 4 >Shall reflect the Biblical vision of health as wholeness, and be committed to minister to body, mind, and spirit through its medical staffs, personnel, programs, services, and institutional roles. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Lecture and laboratory. >Shall fulfill or surpass established levels of excellence in its service and shall provide an environment for growth and satisfaction of its employees. >Is committed to operate as a private voluntary health care organization. >Shall be a strong, growing, cost-effective organization through the application of multi-unit organizational concepts. >Will participate in and carry on research and educational activities supportive to the mission of Fairview Community Hospitals. >Views its focus for growth and development primarily as the Upper Midwest region of the United States. >Shall work in cooperation with other health care community agencies and social organizations, and shall relate meaningfully with the Church and congregations. ENG 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 4, 4 Credits 4 Credits The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either PIN or 2.0-4.0/N. In order to hold a place in the course, the student must either attend the first day or personally notify the instructor that he cannot be present. Psy 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 Credits An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purposes of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. ADV AN CED COURSES TAUGHT BY AUGSBURG PROFESSORS AT THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 2 Credits PHIL 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 8 29 THE CURRICULUM PLAN: THE COURSE FLOW CHART Beginning of first year LEVEL I Fall Semester (14 weeks) 101 Fundamentals of Nursing I 103 General, Organic & Biological Chem 103 Anatomy and Physiology 0 105 *General Psychology 0 Interim (4 weeks) 102 Fundamentals of Nursing II 0 Spring Semester (14 weeks) 103 Fundamentals of Nursing III 108 Microbiology 0 111 *Effective Writing 0 104 General, Organic & Bio Chem 0 Beginning of second year LEVEL II First Quarter (9 weeks) 201 Medical-Surgical Nursing 210 Trends in Nursing I 121 Principles of Sociology 0 0 353 Denominations and Sects LEVEL HI Fourth Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 320 330 Pediatric Nursing 340 Second Quarter (9 weeks) 202 Medical-Surgical Nursing II 211 Trends in Nursing II I ------------------------------------------------ .... in America 0 0 Third Quarter (9 weeks) 203 Medical-Surgical Nursing III 212 Trends in Nursing III 351 Development Psychology: Child ------------------------------..,.. Ortho-Neuro Nursing Psychiatric Nursing 351 Developmental Psych. cont. Begining of third year First Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 330 Pediatric Nursing 320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing 340 Psychiatric Nursing 380 Medical Ethics 00 LEVEL IV Fourth Quarter (9 weeks) 400 Management of Patient Care 0 Second Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 330 Pediatric Nursing 320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing 340 Psychiatric Nursing Third Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 330 Pediatric Nursing 320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing 340 Psychiatric Nursing Courses taught at Augsburg College ° Courses taught at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing by Augsburg Faculty * Courses that can be taken during either the fall or spring semester 0 0 0 to enhance her performance of previous roles when the client is in a crisis situation and to expand the student's teaching to groups. It introduces the role of the nurse as a health counselor in various primary health care settings. This level also includes the study of medical ethics. LEVEL IV During this level, the student completes an advanced level Management of Patient Care course, which affords opportunities to apply principles of leadership in the nursing process and to supervise the care of individuals and groups of patients with multiple and critical problems. The theory relative to collaborating and advocating is examined as the student cares for clients in complex situations. Interactions with the health team and with groups in the community help the student develop leadership skills. At each level of the curriculum, there exists a set of courses or course that reflects a disciplinary or a synthesis of disciplinary and competency based learning designs. The disciplinary based learning design is featured in the courses offered at Augsburg College and in the classroom component of each course taught at the School of Nursing, because this design stresses the importance of theory, its role in the curriculum, and the changing nature of theory. The competency based learning design is featured in the clinical component of the School of Nursing courses because it allows the student to systematically apply theory to the nursing process through the mastery of specific nursing skills. 27 Curriculum Organization Four levels of learning have been identified and courses are provided at each level to assist the student in achieving the objectives at each of the levels. Such a curriculum design was developed and implemented because it provides a continuous and sequential learning environment that emphasizes a simple to complex learning approach. Equal Opportunity Statements Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is committed to the policy that all applicants shall have equal access to the program without regard to race, color, sex, age, religion, marital status or handicap. In adherence to this policy, the school abides by the requirements of Title IX of the 1972 Education amendments, section 504 of P. L. 93-112, and other statutes relating to equal opportunity. Questions regarding compliance may be directed to Director, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404, or to the Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Washington, D.C. 20201. LEVEL I This level consists of fundamental science and psychosocial courses and introductory courses in nursing and the health care system. Anatomy and physiology, chemistry, microbiology, psychology, and English courses are taken at Augsburg College located near the School of Nursing. These courses provide the essential scientific and social scientific foundations upon which the nursing curriculum is developed. At the School of Nursing, fundamental nursing skills and attitudes are developed through introductory nursing courses utilizing basic scientific principles and correlated clinical experiences. The emphasis is on the healthy individual, the client, and the nurse. The nursing process is introduced as the student learns to assume the comforting and protecting roles for her clients. LEVEL II The second level focuses on maintaining and promoting an individual's abilities to meet health needs and assisting individuals in meeting these needs. Courses at this level feature an emphasis on illnesses and representative common medical-surgical conditions that affect the adult client. The nursing process, a problem-solving approach to meet both physical and psychological needs of the client and his family, becomes an important means for translating theory into practice. The student begins to practice the therapeutic role and to incorporate teaching in her care of patients, and she begins to include the family to a greater extent. This level also includes the study of historical and contemporary trends in nursing and advanced courses in psychology, religion and sociology. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. A graduate of an accredited high school or its equivalent. A course in high school chemistry or its equivalent. Rank in upper 1/3 of her class. The American College Testing Program (A.C.T. test) The applicant makes the arrangements for this with her high school. It is recommended that the first available testing date during the senior year be used. Our A.C.T. code number is 2119. 5. If college attended, a GPA of at least 2.5 average in courses applicable to nursing. 6. After acceptance a certificate of immunizations as specified by the School. 7. Health and physical abilities of the applicant need to be such as to enable the applicant to meet the academic and clinical requirements of this program. LEVEL III The third level is designed to have the nursing student apply the principles and practices of nursing to special situations in which the nursing process is extended to the clinical areas of obstetrical, pediatric, psychiatric, and ortho-neuro nursing. The student rotates through a set of courses that emphasizes assisting the client with more complex needs, requiring the student to develop and use more complex procedures for health supervision and the teaching of the family. This level gives the student an opportunity 26 11 ADMISSION PROCEDURE TERMINATION 1. A request for information and application forms should be addressed to Registrar, The School of Nursing reserves the right to terminate any student whose class work, health, conduct or nursing practice make it inadvisable for her to remain in the School. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55404. Application forms to be submitted are: a. Application for Admission. b. Official transcript of high school credits and college, if attended. Rank in high school class. c. A.C.T. scores - each applicant must have A.C.T. Send complete score report to school. d. Three letters of reference. These references must come from persons who have known the applicant well, in one of the following capacities. Only one reference from a group. (1) recent teacher, (2) recent counselor, (3) clergy man, (4) current or recent employer, (5) personal friend or co-worker. e. Application fee. A personal interview may be required. Further testing may be required. Credit may be given for college level courses if the grade is a "C" or better, if taken within the last 5 years, and if taken at an accredited school. Within one month after all application materials are received, the applicant will be notified of the decision of the Admissions and Promotions Committee. After acceptance, applicants are eligible to apply for financial assistance. All applicants for financial aid are required to complete the FFS. ACCEPTANCE Acceptance is based on the following: 1. Complete record for review by the Admissions and Promotions Committee. 2. Satisfactory achievement of admission requirements. NOTIFICATION OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS 1. The Admissions and Promotions Committee meets monthly from November through June to review completed applications. 2. The Admissions and Promotions Committee notifies each applicant of its decision in writing. 3. Notification will occur within one week of the decision. Accepted applicants musl ,,,ign the note of intent and return the note with the matriculation fee within two weeks after the date of the acceptance letter, or the application will be automatically withdrawn. The matriculation fee is non-refundable. 12 RETURNING STUDENTS See re-admission under Entrance Requirements and Procedures. GRADUATION AND LICENSURE Students who successfully complete all program requirements and who meet all financial obligations to the School will be awarded the diploma and the pin of the School of Nursing. Upon graduation, the student is eligible to write the examination for licensure which is given by the State Board of Nursing. Successful passing of this examination enables the graduate to practice nursing as a registered nurse (R.N.) in the state which administered the examination. ACADEMIC RECORDS Grade reports of students over 18 years of age may not be sent to parents or responsible parties without a signed waiver by the student. Grade reports of students under 18 years of age may be sent to parents or responsible parties upon request. A student may request to see her academic record at any time. If the student is over 18 years of age, a signed waiver by the student must be submitted to the Registrar before parents or responsible parties may review the academic record. If the student is under 18 years of age, parents or responsible parties may request the Registrar to review the academic record. A request to the Director of the School of Nursing or the Registrar may be made at any time for the correction of an incorrectly transcribed item in the academic record. The student or graduate when applying for employment must by written waiver specify the items to be released from the academic record to the prospective employer. For additional information see Records under Entrance Requirements and Procedures. TRANSCRIPTS A transcript will be furnished only upon the written request of the student or graduate. Such requests are to be sent to the Office of the Registrar, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing. The first copy of a transcript is issued without charge. Thereafter, a charge of $2.00 is made for each additional transcript. 25 GRADING SCALE APPEAL OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS The following grading scale has been adopted by the faculty. The numbers represent percentages of points awarded for completed work. If the applicant is not accepted for admission and wishes to appeal this decision, the following procedure must be followed: 1. The applicant must notify the Admissions and Promotions Committee in writing of her intent to appeal within two weeks of the date when she was notified of nonacceptance. 2. Upon receipt of the intent to appeal, the Committee will make provision for the applicant to appear before the committe in person. 3. If the in-person appeal to the Admissions Committee is denied, the applicant may present her appeal in writing and in person to the Executive Committee of the Faculty Organization. 4. The decision of the Executive Committee is final. 98% 94% 91% 88% 85% 80% - 100% - 97% - 93% - 90% - 87% - 84% A+ A B+ B c+ c Students who do not attain a "C" in any course must repeat the course. PROMOTION WITHDRAWAL OF APPLICATION I. Applicants may withdraw their applications at any time by notifying the Registrar. The applicant's record will be retained in the files until one month after the class enters in September and then will be destroyed. Non-completed or non-processed records will be retained until one month after the class enters in September and then will be destroyed. Promotion from One Level to Another Promotion from one level to the next is accomplished through a periodic review of the student's level of achievement in the required areas of theory and clinical experiences of each level. In order to be promoted, the student must have a minimum grade of "C" in theory and a "pass" in the clinical laboratory for all nursing courses and a minimum grade of "C" in all other courses. In the event that a student fails or drops out of a course, and would like to continue in the program she must: 1. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to enroll in another course in the curriculum. 2. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to retake the failed or dropped course. A course may be repeated only once, and students must always meet the prerequisites of a course before they can take it. The faculty has the authority and assumes the responsibility for determining whether a student possesses the qualifications necessary for her to become a competent nurse. In the event a student fails to demonstrate the personal and professional qualifications, the student may be asked to withdraw from the School. II. Moving from One Term to Another Each student must have paid the tuition and school costs or made arrangements to do so before the beginning of the next term. See the Director of the School if you have any problems. WITHDRAWAL Students wishing to withdraw from the School must submit a written statement to the Director of the School. Failure to report to class or clinical assignment is not an official withdrawal. 24 ADVANCED PLACEMENT Candidates who have completed courses comparable in hours and content to those currently offered by Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing are considered for course exemption on an individual basis. Exemptions will not be granted for courses taken prior to five (5) years of the application date without special permission. Exemption Requirements by Category 1. Non-nursing courses: applicants must provide a. official school/ college transcript(s) b. school/college catalog containing the course description(s) for which exemption(s) are being requested. 2. Nursing courses: a. L.P.N. Graduates - exemptions may only be granted for First Level Nursing courses. The applicant must: 1. have graduated from a state approved N.L.N. accredited school. 2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C average minimum). 3. have a current L.P.N. license and be eligible to practice in the state of Minnesota. 4. satisfactorily achieve in faculty-designated examinations. 5. If academic requirements are met, the applicant may be admitted to the Second Level for an evaluation period. 13 b. Students from professional nursing programs - The applicant must: 1. have been enrolled in a state approved and N.L.N. accredited program. 2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C minimum) in previous nursing courses. 3. submit references which include (1) from the director of the nursing program and (2) from nursing instructors who can adequately evaluate the applicant's previous nursing performance. 4. submit a school/college catalog containing course description(s) for which exemption(s) are being requested. Only current credits earned within the five years prior to application will be considered for exemption. Exemption Procedure 1. In addition to furnishing the credentials required for admission, the applicant must submit an Application for Exemption form and provide the appropriate data listed in Section B above. 2. The following fee schedule will prevail: a. non-nursing course exemption fee - $5.00 each. b. nursing courses exemption fee - $10.00 c. standardized testing fees - at cost 3. The Admissions and Promotions Committee will approve or disapprove course exemption requests. Granting of final acceptance will be the responsibility of the Faculty Organization. 4. In order to be eligible for graduation from this school, the student must complete a full academic year at the school. 5. All requests for course exemptions must be submitted and approved before the academic year begins. The deadline for submitting requests is May 30 prior to the academic year in which the exemption is desired. ACADEMIC YEAR The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, School of Nursing differs according to the level of the program. First year students, (Level I), follow Augsburg College's academic calender consisting of the 4-1-4 plan of two semesters and an interim. Each semester is 14 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. Second and third year students (Levels II, III, IV) follow the School of Nursing calender consisting of 4 quarters, where each quarter is 9 weeks in length. The academic year at the School of Nursing begins in the fall, and this is the time that most students enter the School. Occasionally, transfer, returning, and special students enter at the beginning of a quarter or semester during the year. UNITS OF CREDIT The unit of credit at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is the semester hour. For transfer students, 1.5 quarter hours is equivalent to 1 semester hour. Students at the School of Nursing accumulate a total of 114 semester hours of credit, of which 36 semester hours are recorded on an Augsburg College transcript and are automatically transferred to the School of Nursing. These transferred credits represent all work taken at Augsburg College and those courses taught by the Augsburg professors at the School of Nursing. CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS RE-ADMISSION In any re-admission, the Admissions and Promotions Committee reserves the right to require additional information and testing when there is an indicated need for it. Re-admission Procedure 1. Should a former student desire re-admission, she must submit a new application, including references, updated transcripts and physical examination report if the period of time since the last admittance at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing exceeds one year. A re-admission fee of $50.00 will be charged for this student. 2. Should a former student desire re-admission, and has been away from the school less than one year, she will need to submit a letter of request for re-admission containing (a) reasons tor re-admission to the program, (b) activities during absences from the program, and (c) professional goals. A re-admissions fee of $25.00 will be charged for this student. 14 Students at Lutheran Deaconess as follows: First year students Second year students Third year students Hospital School of Nursing are divided into classes Freshmen Juniors Seniors ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT Each freshman student is assigned to an instructor who functions as a counselor. It is the responsibility of each counselor to meet with her advisees at the close of each course to review academic progress and any problems that should occur. TRANSFER OF CREDITS See Advanced Placement under Entrance Requirements and Procedures. 23 LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ENDOWMENT FUND NON-MATRICULATING STUDENTS Seven percent, simple-interest loans are granted from time to time. This fund provides loans up to $1,000 per academic year. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. Individuals may request permission to take selected nursing courses to meet personal or professional objectives. The candidate must: 1. have an interview with the Director of the program to assess and plan appropriately for courses to meet the objectives. 2. submit an Application for Admissions form and indicate course(s) desired. 3. submit the application fee for processing the record of $10.00. LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM (AAL) This scholarship provides varying amounts of financial aid up to $1,000 per student per year. This scholarship is available to students who are members of AAL. Recipients are selected on the basis of financial need, Christian character, academic achievement, and leadership potential. Information and applications can be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. MINNESOTA STATE GRANT-IN-AID State money is administered and distributed through the Higher Education Coordinating Commission. This money is available to students who meet the state requirements. Applications are made through the BEOG form and can be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing or from your high school counselor. SOCIAL SECURITY BENEIFTS For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) is retired, deceased or disabled. The amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. VETERANS' BENEFIT Eligible students may receive assistance from the Veteran's Administration under the 0.1. Bill. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT In addition to loans, grants and scholarships, students can also seek employment to help pay for their school costs. It is recommended that a student have sufficient funds so that employment is not necessary for the first semester of the freshmen year, as many students often need that period of time to adjust to the rigors of the program. Employment may be available in various departments of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Applications for employment may be made through the Personnel Department. This information concerning employment at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is subject to change in accordance with employment needs and policies of the hospital. 22 15 CAMPUS VISITS Prospective students or any other interested persons are invited to visit Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing campus at any time. School tours may be scheduled with the secretary at the School of Nursing. HOUSING FACILITIES In addition to housing the School of Nursing, Anna Bergeland Hall contains a coed residential facility for the nursing students. The third and fourth floors provide housing for female students, while the second floor contains rooms for male students. Single students should live in the residence hall or with their parents if their homes are within commuting distance. Two students share a room, and applicants may request to live together. A few single rooms are available at a higher cost. Student accommodations include a desk, a bed, and a closet. Lounge and laundry areas are located on each residential floor of the hall, and there is a main lounge on the first floor adjacent to the library. The residence hall is connected to the hospital through a tunnel. A residence hall director lives within the hall and is there to assist students with any problems that should occur. FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION The following is a list of the major types of financial aid that students who attend the School of Nursing may be eligible for. Students are encouraged to meet with their high school counselors to discuss some of the following sources of aid as well as other sources that they may be eligible for. BASIC EDUCATION OPPORTUNITY GRANT (BEOG) The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program is a federal aid program designed to provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend a post-high school educational institution. The amount of a Basic Grant is determined on the basis of the applicant's and her family's financial resources. Awards usually range between $50 and $1800. Applications may be obtained from the School of Nursing or from your high school. ELSIE HORTON ANN ROAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND This fund is used to assist students in nursing either in the basic program or advanced nursing program. Funds are generally awarded to second or third year students. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. DINING FACILITIES FEDERAL LOAN THROUGH THE NURSE TRAINING ACT The hospital offers complete cafeteria service to the nursing students, and meals can be purchased at a reduced rate. There is also a hospital coffee shop. Within the resident hall itself, there are limited facilities for food preparation. Three percent, low interest, cancellable loans are available to students who meet federal requirements. These loans are administered by the School of Nursing, and graduates must work in a needs hospital in order to be eligible for the cancellation. The loan is interest free until 9 months following graduation. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. PARKING FORTY & EIGHT SCHOLARSHIPS Available parking space near the School of Nursing is limited. Parking facilities exist in the hospital's parking lots for students. HEALTH CARE This unit of the American Legion provides several $100 scholarships for students in the School of Nursing. Students are selected on the basis of academic achievement and financial need. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. GUARANTEED BANK LOANS A nurse is in charge of the student health service at all times. Students are required to carry group hospitalization insurance through the school unless they have insurance under family policies. The specific services of the student health service are described in the student handbook. 16 Seven percent interest loans administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Commission are available. These loans are cancellable if the graduate works in a needs hospital, and are interest free until 9 months after graduation. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing or from your high school counselor. 21 THIRD YEAR CHARGES Payment Due Tuition Health Fee Graduation Fee Room Rent COUNSELING PROGRAM 1st Term Aug. $600.00 22.00 40.00 135.00 2nd Term Nov. $600.00 3rd Term Jan. $600.00 135.00 135.00 4th Term Total Apr. $600.00 $2400.00 22.00 40.00 135.00 540.00 The school has a counseling program which is flexible enough to meet varying individual needs. The program assists the student in meeting and solving educational and personal problems. Referral services are used as indicated or requested e.g. pastors, psychiatrists and psychologists to assist the student in becoming more selfdirecting. LIBRARY SERVICES LDH TOTAL $3002.00 Additional expenses include: transportation to various clinical facilities and to Augsburg College. Additional tours may also require additional charges. No attempt is made to include personal expenses. Uniforms are purchased directly from the uniform company. Books are purchased directly from nearby bookstores. Health insurance is mandatory and may be purchased through the school. Payment of Charges: Charges must be paid by due dates. If charges are not paid and/or arrangements made, the student will not be allowed to attend classes. Employment: The student academic hours allow time for employment. Many students secure employment to help defray school expenses. It is suggested that students not work during the first semester in the school. Refunds: Tuition for a student leaving the school will be refunds as follows: During the first second third fourth fifth week week week week week - 80% - 70% - 60% - 50% - 40% No refund is made after the fifth week. No refunds are made for the Interim period. Fees are not refundable. Re-Admission: Should a former student apply for re-admission she will submit a new application, including a physical examination report and 'references. A readmission fee of $25 will be charged to students returning after an absence of up to six months. After an absence of more than six months, a $50 charge will be made in addition to the regular tuition charges. Transfer students pay the re-admission charge. 20 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital Inger Bergh Library is located on the first floor of Anna Bergeland Hall and is under the direction of the medical librarian. This library contains about 3,000 volumes and about 120 periodicals. The library also houses a student learning center. Nursing students also have full privileges at the Augsburg College Library and at the Children's Health Center and Hospital library. RECORDS The maintenance and safety of the applicant's records is the responsibility of the Registrar. Procedure for Gaining Access to Records: I. Student Records a. Access to student progress records is limited to School Administration, the Registrar, the individual student, and faculty members. b. Anyone except the Registrar gaining access to the file shall sign and date the access sheet in the file. The purpose of the access shall also be completed on the access sheet. 2. Graduate Records a. Access to graduate records is limited to the Director of the School or her designee, the Registrar, and the graduate. b. Anyone gaining access to a graduate file shall sign and date the access sheet for that file and shall state to what purpose the file was viewed. c. No information is given from any graduate file unless upon the written request of the graduate. d. The above procedure also applies to files of resigned students. For additional information see the Student Handbook. 17 RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES Students are encouraged to practice the teachings of the Christian faith by attending a church of their own affiliation and chapel services and by participating in student groups that are sponsored by the churches or other religious organizations. As part of the School's annual program of religious emphasis, six mission interest meetings are held during the school year. The Good News Committee schedules chapel devotions and plans activities for the annual spiritual emphasis week. The Taiwan project is a plan in which one Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing graduate annually is given the opportunity to serve for a two-year period in the Chiayi Christian Hospital in Taiwan. These arrangements are made with the Board of World Missions of the American Lutheran Church. ESTIMATED COST OF PROGRAM Tuition and fees are estimated below. Effort will be made to keep charges as estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as necessary. PAYMENT PLAN Pre-admission charges (not refundable) STUDENT GOVERNMENT Students automatically become members of the Deaconess Student Association (DSA) of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing when they are admitted to the School. Through this organization students learn self-direction, self-discipline, leadership and responsibility, thus helping them to adjust to group living and to their future roles as professional nurses. Each class selects its own officers who conduct the business and guide the activities of the class. A faculty member serves as an advisor for each class. STUDENT PROFESSIONALISM Each student is encouraged to become a member of the State and National Association of Nursing Students. Participation in these organizations fosters an opportunity for students to develop an interest in and a need for membership in professional organizations as a registered nurse. SOCIAL-CULTURAL ACTIVITIES The Big Brother and Sister activities assist new students in becoming oriented and adjusted to the School. The School of Nursing has a choir directed by a qualified Director. Periodically this choir gives concerts of both religious and contemporary music, and every spring the choir goes on a tour. Students are also encouraged to take advantage of the rich cultural environment which the Twin Cities provide by attending concerts, operas, ballets, theaters, films, museums, art galleries, sporting events and other cultural-recreational events. There are limited funds made available from Lutheran Deaconess Hospital Auxiliary for students to attend community cultural events. For additional information see the Student Handbook. 18 $10.00 40.00 $50.00 Application Fee, submitted with application Matriculation Fee, paid when appointment is accepted FIRST YEAR CHARGES Payment Due Tuition at LDH (Exclusive of pre-admission fees) Charge for Augsburg Courses (approx.) Health Fee Room Rent 1st Semester Interim 2nd Semester Total September January February $496.66 $496.67 $496.67 $1490.00 750.00 22.00 240.00 750.00 60.00 TOTAL 240.00 1500.00 22.00 540.00 $3552.00 SECOND YEAR CHARGES Payment Due Tuition LDH Health Fee Room Rent 1st Term Aug. $600.00 22.00 135.00 2nd Term Nov. $600.00 3rd Term Jan. $600.00 135.00 135.00 LDH TOTAL 4th Term Total Apr. $600.00 $2400.00 22.00 540.00 135.00 $2962.00 19
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE I 'h -- INTRODUCTION Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7. This brochure ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE I 'h -- INTRODUCTION Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. REGISTRATION Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 or call: SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE (612) 330-1 025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary -- g 2?>0 -.AE 2 c 3 as-. 0 3 NWn. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1,500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes a n d participation in inetropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. (See inside fold for campus location maps.) 1981 SUMMER CALENDAR I I I I Term I Term I1 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) April 24 April 24 Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due June 1 June 29 Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record June 3 Holiday None July 3 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 July 17 Last Day of Class June 26 Aug. 7 g ~ F %E xE~ g An~ e Ca n .- 2 2-. -3 n fmg- g ""2 r u10 m Inp 5 m3P Q ( I l1 I ELIGIBILITY GENERAL INFORMATION PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. COURSE LEVELS are indicated by the third digit of the five-digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Volume 111, Number5 February 1981 612/330-1000 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPSM90-310)is published five times a year in August, September, October, December and February by Augsburg Col Iege, 731 As8 Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Second clas posrage rates paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. PERSONS PLANNING TO AllEND Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. WM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1981-JUNE 26, 1981 PAYMENT O F FEES FINANCIAL AID TUITION CHARGES for Summer School are $270 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $135 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. FINANCIAL AID is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Regardless of family income of the student, the Federal Government pays the interest while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January1,1981. Maximum loan is $2300, per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduatemaximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 2, 1981, since processing takes up to 12 weeks. EARLY REGISTRATION on April 24 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $250 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 24. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An ADVANCE TUITION DEPOSIT of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June1 for Term I and June29 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous term/s must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TUITION REFUND is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Summer School Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be madeafter the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment,full refund will be made. NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College admits students af any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other schooladministered programs. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE Refund Term I Term II 100% (less $20 processing fee) 80% 60 % 40% June 1-2 June 29-July 1 June 3-4 June 5-8 June 9-10 W TERM I1 COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE29,1981-AUGUST 7, +B1 TERM I SUMMER 1981 4 ART ART 10106/10306 CALLIGRAPHY Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphicskills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project i s required. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th OM4 , " '1 ART 1024YIU342 FILM-MAKING I - FILM-MAKING II Rusten This ' k t l r s ~trnchcs film-making rl~rough prnc~icnl Inl) cxperiencc invulvina ul~survaiio~i d r ~ rd l i s ~ t ~ \ s i oof t i tlir expr~1ssivt*and ~tructur.11et~rnentrrlf film, Sturlrnlc wlrl makr 161nlr)st~unrltilnl. Dist.: Yes. Fws: 575.M)]lab fcrl Prcrctluisites: Norle lor Irilm-making I , Il~lrn-makingI to l i l h i ! Film-nlakin~II. 8:OO-12:OO noon M,T,W,Th,F OM17 BIOLOGY BIO 20103 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Mickelberg Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5205 T,W,Th 5214 1:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab Enrollment limit: 35 BIO 20108 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S212 11:30-3:30 p.m. Lab T,Th 5202 I BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5112 BUS 21262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long rerm assets. Dist.: No. 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th S205 ' I 1 ' I ._ JUNE1-JUNE26 HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Nelson Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354. T,Th & Arr. GI2 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55493 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Admistrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. G3 1 (1st meeting 6/1 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55495, 55496, PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 55497 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department PHILOSOPHY PHI 83130 LOGIC Bailey Examinationof rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M23 PHI 83132 THE PHILOSOPHY OF C. S. LEWIS Reichenbach C. S. Lewis, well known as a religious writer,develops hisstatementsfromspecificviews about God, man and values. We will read Lewis with a philosophic eye for his arguments and presuppositions. Dist.: Yes. SUMMER INTERIM M4 8:30-10:50 a.m. L A t r , M,T,W,Th,F PHILOSOPHY OF FEMINISM Fuehrer PHI 83150, Analysis ui kcy rimrcpts of feminism in myth, literature, religion and art; theories and implk:atIon\ c ~ fmatriarchal/patriarchal, pro-ferninisVanti-feminist cultures, courtly tarit1 rumitntic love, and the cult of the virgin. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM16 CHEMISTRY PHYSICS CHE 34105 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Gyberg-S. Olmsted The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to present the basic concepts of chemistry. High school chemistry not required. Dist.: Yes. 11:30-1:50 p.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S315 2:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab T,W,Th 5327 PHY 84222t/84322* C H I 34353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL Gyberg-S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th, F S315 M,T,W,Th 5327 11:OO-3:00 p.m. l a b ECONOMICS 1981 OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED Paulson UNIVERSITIES SCIENCE MINISEMESTER Study of nuclear radiation including individual laboratory experience usingfacilities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee in conjunction with instructional staff and scientists at the national laboratory. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F, May 25-lune 25, Oak Ridge tCredit toward Physics major or minor *No credit toward Physics major or minor POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Hedblom The nnlitirs nf Ameriran Gnv~rnmentincl~lrlinvnattern nf narticinatinn rlvnamirc i 5 Ut URBAmTSSUtS babella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. tLu P of policymaking and current issues. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F ' '0M13 ' POL 85342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses and control of media for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI ECO 22392 MONEY AND BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 M,T,W,Th,F M5 9:30-11:50 a.m. POL 85199, 85399, 85499 EDUCATION Noonan Arr. INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY PSYCHOLOGY EDE 44375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 14 PSY 86105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Ferguson Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F PI PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see SOC 94375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F L1 8:30-10:50 a.m. EDE 44237/44337 INTRODUCTION TO MULTICULTURAL/ Quirin GLOBAL EDUCATION Conceptual and practical introduction to intercultural education on local and international levels. Utilization, of local resources to develop curriculum units and teaching strategies. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI RELIGION REL 87369 EFFECTIVE WRITING Blackburn with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical ation and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. M,T,W,Th S205 I1 I WG 54241 - THE AMERICAN SHORT STORY Clark Treatment of the American short story from the American Renaissance to today including seventeen stories aired on PBS television. Dist.: Yes. Also satisfies Am. Lit. requirement for English. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M22 M,T,W,Th NORWEGIAN I L. Hansen speaking, listening, reading and writing work expected. Dist.: Yes. OM29 Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult department for details. SPA 76112 BEGINNING SPANISH II Rozentals Aims to develop the four basic skills; understanding, speaking, reading and writing elementary Spanish. Laboratory work expected. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 111 or equivalent SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM29 1 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF Borstad SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M,T,W,Th C24 6:OO-9:00 p.m. HPE 55410 I RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 SOClOLOGY SOC 94375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 86375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F LI 8:30-10:50 a.m. SOC 94383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M4 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 98111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th GENERAL STUDIES STUDENT TEACHING Cole 5212 See last column .1 ' WM I COURSE OFFERINGS '" 1 JUNE1,1981 -JUNE26,1981 . I TERM II SUMMER 1981 JUNE29-AUGUST 7 ART SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N S A N D THEATER ARTS ART 10111/10311 SPC 98367 THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and produaion of five plays. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th 2815 419 Ave. S. (Tel.: 721-2565) Mpls., M N 55406 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Friederichsen Karlen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see MUS 82111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make, and produce a music/art presentation using sounds, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. T,Th OM4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ART 10132 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 Enrollment limit: 35 ART 10250 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,WF OM1 ART 10351 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramia with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,W,F OM? Limited enrollment CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: No. Prerequisities: 105 or 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. 8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect M,T,WTh,F S315 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 CHE 34110 ECONOMICS ECO 22120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent study only. Dist.: Yes. A rr. ECO 22122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5205 ECO 22123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economin, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p. m. M, W 5205 ENGLISH ENC 54111 EFFECTIVE WRITING T Gidmark INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 60399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. GENERAL STUDIES GST 58102 BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR INTRODUCTORY Gyberg CHEMISTRY & SCIENCE COURSES Basic operations, exponential numbers, logarithms, simple operators, solvingalgebraic equations, and development of algebraic equations in science problem content, particularly chemistry. Dist.: No. 2 Sem. Cr. - Tuition $70.00 (Early registration discount does not apply) 8:30a.m.-1:30p.m. T,W,Th,F, 5315 May 26-May 29 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middleof Juneto theend of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Summer School Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 44483, 44484 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: McNeff 44483, 44484 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 45481, 45482, STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 45483, 45484 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. .. . . ....... 1-11..., . ..,. r.... .,-. ...a 111 & . A . - 1 .1 CAMPUS LOCATION HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:00-9:30 p. m. T,Th & Arr. GI2 (1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m.) I I I I HPE 55487 NEUROLOGY A N D PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:30-9:30 p. m. 1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m. G31 I HPf &~W~~WPRO-I!$& AFFILIATION Saugestad mpfidaffiltsffon6fif.W. hmrs:,iqufdActual hospital experience in four areas of prrf@ctIue therapyc (1).Psychlatq, 'm I Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) ~Habifit;t~~h.~C611,rifa 49F is::sudl;lo(:fhurology and Pathology. Dist.: NO. 8@>$i&&!iites: @. and appt~irtNdepartment Arr. I HISTORY m, HIS 56131/56331 TOPICS I N SOCIAL HISTORY A N D CULTURE Nelson IN THE ANCIENT A N D MEDIEVAL WORLD Topics and themes relating to everyday life of ancient and medieval cultures including the merchant, soldier, religious life, women and family and problems of studying everyday life. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F S212 I MUSIC M U S 82111/82311 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Karlen Friederichsen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see ART 10111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make and produce a music/art presentation using sound, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th OM4 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85199, 85399, 85499 INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY Noonan Arr. RELIGION RELIGIONS O F INDIA: Benson HINDUISM & BUDDHISM Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 REL 87372 SOCIOLOGY SOC 94356 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 lnterstate 94 east from Minneapolis t o 25th Ave. exit, left t o Riverside Ave., left t o 21st Ave. S., turn left at Augsburg sign. Interstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right o n Riverside t o 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t...
Show more Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 18. Beginning of certain half credit courses* January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add and to determine the grading system. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 3 Fall 1981 612/300-1001 AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order. Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt l . t h e e n d o f the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout n these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Options june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be required t o pay the regular summer course tuition. lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these departments: English - Theatre i n London Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n - The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982 Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after October. Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17. Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course. Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim housing should be made t o the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b). Courses Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Jewelry Art 150 - 4003 Instructor: Norman Holen You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape, enamel and cast these metals. The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the necessary equipment and re-usable items. There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces. Distribution: Art - Music Time: II OM1 16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1 Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame as Film-Making I. Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: II Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 lnstructor Ralph Sulerud W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron l whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will r n ~ ~ncreasrngly n~~ rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y, r guestion\sur h h ~ these c must be effect~ut+ly atlrIressetl: w h a t are l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward ~ty the rrivrronmrnr make sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever just~f~ed It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe l spent d~scuss~ng ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Wetland Ecology Bio 311 - 4114 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects, and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to ~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un d rhewea~ her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent r rcadin~. Prerequisites: 510 111, 112 Time: I The Biology of Aging Bio 385 - 4115 Instructor. Robert Herforth At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be ~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared g changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~ t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc ~ oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~? What lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the o focne r t a ~ n c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~ IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock? al Thew and other qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe course Prerequ~s~tes: BIO 111 Time: I S 212 Introduction to Chemistry C h m 104 - 4116 Instructor: John Carlson of chemistry for ~hosr? who have never studled chemistry hefore. h course in basic Inclu(E~d are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr, r types of rcactinns, solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases, ~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to p no r ~ a n ichrmistry. r Many applications to Iifc ~ T O C C S S ~and S cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no : ~hrcrlonger examinations Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes, plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry Chm 113 - 4117 Instructor: Earl Alton rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions ~ ~ s s each i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day. h Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.) Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Chm 205 - 4118 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~ was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information ~ about Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry ly IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~ d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n ~lormat~u n ahrlu~ synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r ( medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~ l yc r f o r m c dalrd may result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn f f e rt ~hnone ~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems l s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~! analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory. y Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory l wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp, exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam. l Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223 T ~ m eI S 315 Economics of Urban Issues Eco 120 - 4119 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed. Distribution: Urban Studies Time: II O M 13 Learning Styles, Teaching Styles Ede 227 - 4125 Eds 227 - 4126 Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some L ~ k e~ndlvldual students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng and others by work~ngo n thelr own Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~ that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg o Irt,ry e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor P mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle ~ ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc. Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles, 51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e l In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t . f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr. tl Time: ll Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten Ede 375 - 4124 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior to the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor L4 Time: Summer Interim Student Teaching Eds 481 - 4120 Eds 482 - 4121 Eds 483 - 4122 Eds 484 - 4123 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I L6 People Under Pressure Eng 211 - 4130 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social. religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl ~ ( ~evt3nwit. Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201 ~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv 1 r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( ! irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr, r being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4 LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I r rAtrt~r,ic,~: ~ Wright. Narivr Srjn: I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1; / ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort r '+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h, t (;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4. ~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><: ~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o . A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n ?/~ ,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts Time: I O M 10 . The Brontes Eng 248 - 4128 Eng 348 - 4129 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry. The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily (Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer. Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's. Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures, discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both. Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor. Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies Time: l l O M 16 Europe January 3-28 I nteri m/9 Theatre in London Eng 269 - 4131 Eng 369 - 4132 Instructor: Richard Sargent Cost: $1795 London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other theatres, notably to Stratford. Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in addition. Counts toward English major Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts Grading: P/N Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop Eng 362 - 4127 Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College M~mbcrs of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition, iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing course. Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for Interim. Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA. French Literature in Translation Fre 243 - 4134 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. . Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements). Time: I - Beginning Norwegian ~ d 111 r - 4133 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4137 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and field experience. If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern Minnesota. Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged. Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent Time: II O M 29 lntensive Beginning Spanish Spa 112 - 4135 Instructor: To b e named The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 Distribution: Foreign Language O M 23 Time: I Spanish of the Business and the Professional World Spa 215 ;4136 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: Spanish 212 Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Planning for Tomorrow: Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's Gst 240 - 4177 Robert Clyde, Augsburg College Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts, entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act locally." Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal, continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class. Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and assessment of quality of personal growth plan. S 108 Time: II Recreational Rhythms and Activities Hpe 232 - 4143 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 18-29 Melby Modern Dance Hpe 373 - 4141 Instructor: Pam Paulson An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class, performance of a group composition, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15 12/l nteri m Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Hpe 410 - 4142 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum) Time: I Melby 13 Virgin Islands January 4-28 Sailing in the Virgin Islands ** Hpe 455 - 4139 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Cost: $1995 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants. Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement Grading: P/N only Coaching of Football Hpe 476 - 4140 Instructor: Al Kloppen Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15 Melby 12 Coaching of Basketball Hpe 477 - 4138 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Instructor's approval. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby 13 Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29 20th Century South Asia His 162 - 4147 His 462 - 4148 Instructor: Don Gustafson Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng ~ rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen; l 11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more. Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings r (somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP will a l ~ o h e lertures, trrne for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations. Grades w ~ lbe l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have l addlt~onalassignments and be graded by upper dlvrslon standards. Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college history class. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I S112 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality His 220 - 4145 His 320 - 4146 Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration P pattern, economir opporlunities, and social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew, l Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares. tjrlth t h "nld" ~ rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5 ic (Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~ etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc. Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs r or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~ ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a . and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will 1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill e n dnapaprr t5 t)r an exam un the t ~ x and t readlng~. Fees: $15 for meals and films etc. Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy Time: I Studies in Ancient and Medieval History Through the Reformation His 366 - 4190 Instructor: Richard Nelson This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient, medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g., biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion of a paper or project. Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor Time: II Brush Up Mat 103 - 4150 Instructor: Bev Durkee Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Time: I S 108 Mathematical Aspects of Music Mat 130 - 4149 Instructor: Ben Cooper This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning, and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural invrntine or discovering isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r % math~maticr; and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics not t a tangential bearing o n music, usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1 and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will be developed i n class. Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra. Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: I Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy M a t 134 - 4188 M a t 334 - 4189 Instructor: Larry Copes This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers. Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers. Prerequisites: Yes Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: II O M 25 Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview Mus 110 - 4151 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice. Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring either the morning or afternoon. Fees: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music M24 Time: II Sign and Song Mus 161 - 4152 Mus 361 - 4153 Instructor: Larry Fleming This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in "signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm, and text topics. The process will include: I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others. II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing" c will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood. Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song. Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper division credit requires the writing of a position paper. Distribution: Art - Music M 22 Time: II Trends and Issues in Nursing Nur 330 - 4154 Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging roles in nursing. The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test. O M 11 Time: II The Nature of Contemplation Phi 210 - 4157 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject, the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation. The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on the term paper and the individual discussions. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: II O M 23 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look at Some Contemporary lssues Phi 250 -4158 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930; others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a philosophical standpoint. Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation. Distribution: History - Philosophy OM 10 Time: II Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present Phi 410 - 4156 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by Christian western culture will be explored. Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers. Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended. Distribution: History - Philosophy M 23 Time: I 1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities Science Minimester Phy 322 - 4159 Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I S 24 Democratic Theory and Practice Pol 381 - 4160 Instructor: Milda Hedblom A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving considerable independent work. Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission. M 25 Time: II The Politics of American Defense POI 461 - 4161 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy behavior since World War II. . Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be held during one all-day class in mid-January. Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor. M 25 Time: I Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology Psy 241 - 4163 lnitructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n programming projects and two tests. P3 Time: II Designing an Introductory Psychology Course Psy 305 - 4164 Instructor: Norm Ferguson The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course. This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures. There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective of an instructor. Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments. Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology. Time: II P1 Reading in the Works of Robert Coles Psy 372 - 4162 Instructor: Duane Johnson Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o authors closely related to Coles' perspective. Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~ 0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k He ll~ i s ra.perceptive criticof our society and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons. Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis. Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology P5 Time: I Hawa~iJanuary 4-30 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii rC Rel 321 - 4166 Instructor: P h ~ l ~ Quanbeck p Cost: $1795 It A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today; the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians. Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n their own right. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: one religion course Grading: P/N only Christianity in Modern Africa Re1 366 - 4165 Instructor: Bradley Holt This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10 l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n ~s In s r l e c ~ r trrgions l ~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on c llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1 the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl l irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates. T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an rt~ "Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s. y v t s i ~ i nresourrv ~ I)ersr)n, a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research j,lppr and an examination. P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion. Uis~r1,-ution: Religion Time: II O M 18 - Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals Confront the Twentieth Century Re1 368 - 4187 Instructor: Bruce Stuart Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith. "Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's. Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing, inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the public school Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several American Presidents, Mark Hatfield Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved reading. There will be two tests and a short paper. Prerequisites: One course i n religion Distribution: Religion Time: I *+* Israel January 3-28 Israel, Ancient and Modern Re1 375 - 4167 Instructor: John Benson Cost: $2195 This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba, Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim. There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal. Prerequisites: one course i n religion Distribution: Religion Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services Swk 257 - 4169 Instructor: Doug Perry Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving. 3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies. 5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field. Time: I Field Work Ill Swk 466 - 4170 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work 11). Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field learning agenda and social work evaluation form. Objectives: 1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence. 2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice. 3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process. 4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of strength and areas for personal/professionaI development. 5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n analysis and resolution stages. 6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes and t o develop interpretive ability. 7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process. 8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice. (Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor) Prerequisites: Field Work II O M 11 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n Memorial 113. Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents l~ during interim and may be taken in addition t o a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received. Badminton Hpe 002 - 4178 Instructor: Marilyn Pearson Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside assignments. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport Time:'12:00 Noon Melby Volleyball Hpe 002 - 4179 Instructor: E. W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily Melby Racquetball Hpe 002 - 4180 Instructor: E.W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily Melby American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense Hpe 002 - 4191 Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor. Fees: approximately $20. Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro...
Show more AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful and broadening experience. 1982 SUMMER CALENDAR NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY ; A u ~ b u Coltege g admits students of any race, color, natiunal and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~ programs,, and .actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-, creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~ scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary Term II April 23 April 23 June 1 June 28 June 3 June 30 Holiday None MY5 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 June 25 July 16 Aug. 6 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) 1 I ' II I REGISTRATION Term I Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record Last Day of Class Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper - -- GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes up to 12 weeks. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Lift Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982 CAMPUS LOCATION PAYMENT OF FEES Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $260 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TO DOWNTOWN ST PAUL m Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date Refund- Term I Term II 10O0I0(less $20 processing fee) 80OIO 601'0 401'0 June 1-2 June 28-June 30 June 3-4 June 5-7 June 8-9 July 1-6 july 7-9 July 12-14 Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. --=- TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982 a TERM I SUMMER 1982 JUNE 1 - JUNE 25 a NOR 112-8052 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II Hansen Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression. ART ART 242-8003 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rusten Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals. Dist.: Yes. Fees: $75.00 lab fee Four Weekends (1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.) OM17 Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon; 1:00-4:30 p.m.; Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m. A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM29 CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. a ART 270-8002 PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES Ellertson Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F OM4 a a HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 114-8061 HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION Borstad Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W, Jh C13 Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11 (1/2 course) BIOLOGY Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY BIO 103-8010 Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S205 1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab T, W, Th 52 14 Enrollment limit: 35 H PE 115-8062 HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Borstad EDUCATION Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02 for students in teacher preparation programs). C13 5:00-8:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th (1/2 course) Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25 BIO 108-8011 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50a.m.Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5212 11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab T, Th 5202 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg HPE 491-8053 Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:00-9:30 p.m. T, Th & Arr. C 12 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION H PE 493-8054 ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF Husing CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. C24 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8022 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 51 12 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry 1 1:30-1:50 Lect M, T, W, Th, F 53 15 2:OO-4:00 Lab M,T, W,Th S327 HPE 495-80551 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-80561497-8057 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department CHM 109-8021 a FOREIGN LANGUAGES BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler CER 111-8046 Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M, J, W,Th ECONOMICS FCO 120-8030 a HISTORY HIS 101-8064 ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES Sabella THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE Nelson Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d of Greece a n d Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8029 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th 52 05 I ECO 392-8031 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M5 a ~ o m k and , the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F a a EDE 375-8036 STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. a a I a a TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblorn POL 299-81541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (Also Term II) Hedblom POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term II) Noonan INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II) HedblomlNoonan Arr. PSYCHOLOGY PSY 105-8091 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Marken Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F P1 PSY 375-8092 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasirno (Also see SOC 375-81 10) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th ENGLISH ENG 251-8051 AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR Blackburn Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities. Dist.: Yes. 7:OO-10:OO p.m. M,T, W,Th 51 12 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-81541499-8155 POL 199-81561399-8157 EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING: Fardig 483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 130-8063 INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING: McNeff 483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. NURSING NUR 330-8066 TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING Malcolm Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and health issues. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T,W,Th 5205 EDUCATION DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F L4 MATH MAT 103-8065 BRUSH UP Durkee Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th 51 12 a RELIGION REL 370-8068 CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION Quanbeck Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the second century to the present. Dist.: Yes. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M24 JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8071 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) SWK Office ENG 245-9304 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Gidmark An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p m. M, W M23 SWK 399-8069 INTERNSHIPS Brown FOREIGN LANGUAGE SWK 499-8070 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown GER 112-9029 BEGINNING GERMAN II Oyler Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent 1 1:40- 1:25 p.m. M, T, W, Th SOClOLOGY SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser SOC 375-81 10 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8092) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p m. M, T, W,Th L1 SOC 381-8072 RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8121 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th Cole Little Theater SPC 354-8074 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Bart Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes. S205 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1982 JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6 ART ART 132-9002 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 + ..,-C lI-. I:-:,. "C HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 485-9038 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th &Arr. C12 (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 487-9037 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) C24 HPE 495-90391 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-9040/497-9041 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department Arr. PHYSICS PHY 101-9305 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (also Term I) Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term I) Noonan POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I) Hed blomlNoonan Arr. L,.. ,.,.,,.. ... ,,,,,,,, .> KELlGlON ART 250-9003 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-1 1:30 a.m. M,W,F OM I ART 351-9005 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M, W,F OM1 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9214 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Allerson lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F S112 BUS 262-9301 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 5108 BUS 399-9302 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. CHEMISTRY CHM 110-9010 GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission 8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S3 15 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 ECONOMICS ECO 120-9007 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 123-9009 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M5 EDUCATION STUDENT TEACHING Continuation of Term I. ENGLISH ENG 111-9021 EFFECTIVE WRITING Gidrnark Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M24 TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS REL 111-9306 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th,F M24 10:05-11:30 a.m. REL 341-9307 CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING Holt Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9308 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.) SWK Office SOClOLOCY SOC 121-9309 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Pike Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 11:40-I:25 p.m. M, T,W,Th 11 SOC 241-9310 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL Gerasirno ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M, W 11 SOC 356-9052 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE Pike Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy, and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes. 2:30-4:15 p.m. M,T, W,Th 11 SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 355-9313 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Bart A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 SPC 367-9056 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO. 6:30-9:30 p.m. T,Th 28 15 4 1st Ave. 5. Mpls., M N . 55406 (Tel.: 72 1-2565) INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less

Title: Golden Valley Lutheran College Catalog, 1981-1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: To each ut To Reach Out ... GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to the policy that all persons shall have equal access ...
Show more To each ut To Reach Out ... GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to the policy that all persons shall have equal access to its programs, facilities, and employment without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national origin, or handicap. This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1980-81 Catalog TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Table of Contents College Calendar 4 President's Greeting 5 General Information 7 History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives, Accreditation, Affiliations and Transfer of Credit, General Regulations. Student Personnel Services 11 New Student Orientation, Counseling Services, Health Services, Housing. Student Life 13 Student Self-Government, Religious Life, Athletics, Music, Drama. Admissions Information 17 Entrance Requirements, Application Procedure. Costs 19 Deposits, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan. Financial Aid 23 Gift Aid, Deferred Payment Loans, Scholarships, Student Employment, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid. Academic Program 29 General Academic Information, Registration, Graduation Requirements, Programs of Study. Course Descriptions 57 Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies; Communications; Social Science; Mathematics and Science; Health, Physical Education and Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Vocational Studies. Directory 76 Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty. Index 80 4 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Calendar 1981-82 Fall Quarter September 1-4 September 2 September 3 September 4 September 5 September 6 September 7 September 7 September 9 September 18 September 25 October 2 October 5-9 October 17 November 3-6 November 17-20 November 21-29 New student orientation Returning student registration Completion of returning student registration-Beginning of new student registration New student registration President's Reception-6:00 p.m.-gymnasium All College worship Classes begin Opening Convocation-9:50 a.m. Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee Finai day to add a ciass or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Homecoming Registration for winter quarter Final examinations Thanksgiving vacation Winter Quarter November 30 December 2 December 11 December 13 December 18 December 18 January 4 January 8 January 11-15 January 19-21 February 2-5 February 22-25 February 26March 7 Winter quarter begins Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Festival of the Christ Child Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at 11:30a.m. Classes resume Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Days of Prayer and Praise Registration for spring quarter Final Examinations Spring vacation Spring Quarter March 8 March 10 March 19 March 26 April 2 April 5-8 April 9-11 April 12 April 27 April 28-30 May 1 May 17-20 May 21 Spring quarter begins Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Easter vacation Classes resume Honors Day Pre-registration for fall quarter Spring Banquet Final examinations Commencement PRESIDENT'S GREETING 5 President's Greeting Experiences during the first year after high school play a major role in one's development of a philosophy of life, which consequently determines how one lives his life and what he gets out of it. Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions. We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of both liberal arts and the Scriptures, a curriculum which we feel will best help the student understand the world in which he will be living and working. We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart, and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for "making a life." Bernt C. Opsal, President Gl:NERAL INFORMAllON 7 General Information HISTORY Golden Valley Lutheran College is a two-year coeducational liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis which had been engaged in adult Christian education since 1919. Beginning as a Bible school in 1919, The Lutheran Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929, and to Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis, in 1961. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of young people and has sought to meet those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men and women from various geographic, cultural, ecohomic, racial, and religious backgrounds. THE CAMPUS AND ITS LOCATION Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis which is the cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest. The academic life of the students is centered in a large split-level complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and lounges are located in this building. · Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities· incJude fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer a:nd 8 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE meditation, and apartments for residence counselors. Adjacent to Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center with a grill is located in Delta dormitory. PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with a program of studies in the areas of general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training. Its primary purpose is to provide two years of higher education for students interested in the arts and sciences, and also piovide opportunity for a study of the sources oi the Christian faith. Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment, and encourages students to participate in community and church activities. In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula: 1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year college or university. 2. The completion of a two-year program provides the basis for semi-professional employment in the fields of parish work, missions, secretarial work, social service and recreational leadership. 3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or semi-professional programs. Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with opportunities ... . . . to develop knowledge of the Hebrew-Christian world view as set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her basic beliefs and spiritual commitments . . . . to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and active membership in Christian congregations . . . . to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theater through courses and cultural events on the campus and through the extensive presentations offered by the metropolitan surroundings of the College. GENERAL INFORMATION 9 ... to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and participation in physical education and sports activities . . . . to develop personal self-confidence through the determination of individual goals, the building of relationships with other people and the experience of companionship in a Christian setting. ACCREDITATION, AFFILIATIONS AND TRANSFER OF CREDIT Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their credits will be accepted elsewhere in the academic community. A ffi Iiations Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities American Association of Community and Junior Colleges Association of Minnesota Colleges Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges Minnesota Junior College Athletic Association National Junior College Athletic Association-Region XIII Minnesota Community College Women's Athletic Association Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women-Region VI Minnesota Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women Transfer of Religion Courses With reference to transfer of religion courses, it should be noted that most colleges and universities accept our courses in religion. Students who are planning to continue their education at a college with limited transfer of religion .credits may register for the religion courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable, and a student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete a Bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the A.A. degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College. GENERAL GUIDELINES Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly. ' The College reserves the right to discipline those who conduct themselves in a manner which is not in the best interests of the 10 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE individual, other students, or the College. Each student is expected to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook. Chapel All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or other special convocation programs. Each student is encouraged to participate fully in the daily chapel services of the College community. He or she is also encouraged to attend public worship every Sunday in the church of ones choice. Student Use of Automobiles Since parking space is limited on campus, those students who do not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through the business office. The Dean of Students shall have the right to terminate a permit :at any time if, in his opinion,. circumstances warrant such action. Alcohol and Drug Abuse Golden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to take disciplinary action. Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or drugs in violation of the laws will be subject to disciplinary action. The college's action will be determined by the circumstances surrounding each individual case. STUDENT PERSONNEL 11 Student Personnel Services NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to the campus to participate in orientation activities. During this time the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year. The orientation period also includes a series of ability and personality tests which are used to help provide a more effective counseling service for students. Selected upperclassmen are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to college life. COUNSELING SERVICES The major decisions which students have to make during their early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their academic, social, personal, and vocational problems. The College counselors are available to assist students in clarifying or establishing appropriate educational and vocational goals, to help the students evaluate aptitude and interests, to help them plan programs in preparation for further study, and to help them deal with personal and/or emotional problems. Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each aca.. demic term or with other aspects of college life. In addition to the 12 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE assigned faculty advisor, each student may make appointments to visit Vv'ith instructors, Residence Hall Directors, the deans, the Co!lege nurse or others on the staff who can give assistance if difficulties are encountered. Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Students seeking this assistance should register for one of the Personal Orientation courses described on page 63. HEAL TH SERVICES The College has a registered nurse on the staff to provide basic medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a mile from the campus. INSURANCE The personal property of staff members and students is not covered by insurance and the college does not assume any responsibility for the loss of such property. HOUSING SERVICES Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college. Provided space is available, all full-time students live in the College residence halls. Exceptions are those who commute from their tiomes, or who work for their board and room. All students living on campus are required to participate in the cafeteria program which provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who are commuting may purchase either their noon luncheon or evening dinner in the College cafeteria. STUDENT LIFE 13 Student Life Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities and experiences which help develop the student's total life. The programs of the College provide wholesome recreation together with programs that stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships. STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND SOCIAL LIFE Student self-government is carried out by a Committee on Student Activities (CSA) elected by the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of student-faculty relations. It seeks continually to improve and make the life of the student more enjoyable. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by a Student Judiciary Board. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the CSA. Homecoming, Sno-Daze, and the Spring Banquet are examples of the many social activities available. RELIGIOUS LIFE As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that sound ·religious life activities must be an integral part of its program. In support of this conviction, the College has regularly scheduled chapel services and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer and Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child. In addition, many students participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in World Mission Fellowships. The Col- 14 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE lege has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many of the athletes take an active part. There is also an opportunity to participate on youth encounter teams which travel throughout the Midwest presenting the Gospel in word and song. ATHl,.ETICS Basic objectives in physical education and athletics at Golden Valley Lutheran College are to teach the value of good health and physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreational activities. Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, wrestling, track, and cross country. The College is a member of the Minnesota State Junior College Conference and the National Junior College Athletic Association. Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball and track competition. An intramural program is available for both men and women. MUSIC Golden Valley lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and spiritual value that music plays in the life of any society. It desires, therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a performing group. These organizations include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a pep band and c9ncert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community anq College organization; and various vocal and instrumental ens~mples. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the College gives opportunity for private lessons in voice and instrumental study. The location of Golden Valley Lutheran College within the Twin City ~rea makes it easy for students to gain a new appreciation of the fine arts; Various community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, and programs given by other coHegesand the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment. STUDENT LIFE 15 DRAMA The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold in its purpose: it attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for dramatics by encouraging active participation in the field. ADMISSIONS INFORMATION 17 Admissions Information ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested in the Christian atmosphere of the College. A high school diploma or its equivalent is required for admission. In addition, candidates are considered on the basis of their character, personality and motivation as reflected in reference letters from the pastor, high school counselor, and a personal interview with an admissions counselor. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Application materials are available from the Director of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying: 1. Secure an application blank from the Office of Admissions. Return the completed form, together with the non-refundable $10 application fee, to Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422. 2. Request the high school to forward your transcript to the Director of Admissions. 3. All high school graduates applying for admission must furnish test results from one of the testing programs described below. Both testing programs include a questionnaire designed to enable the applicant to indicate academic and vocational plans, extracurricular interests and academic needs. The information in the questionnaire and the test scores become an important resource for the College Counselor and the student's faculty advisor in their efforts to assist the student to derive the maxi- 18 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE mum benefit from attending GVLC and to develop to his or her fu!! potential. Minnesota Residents: Graduates of a Minnesota high school are responsible for submitting the results of their participation in the Minnesota State-Wide Testing Program or in the ACT Assessment Program. Non-Residents of Minnesota: High school graduates who did not graduate from a Minnesota high school must take the ACT, SAT, PSAT, or SCAT Assessment Program and request that the results be sent to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Applicants who are unable to participate in one of the testing programs prior to registration will be required to take appropriate tests during the first day of the Fall Orientation period. 4. Students who are offered admission must notify the Admissions Office if they accept the offer. A $50.00 deposit is required by April, or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment, unless the applicant accepts the offer of admission under the early decision plan (pays the $50.00 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 5. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, a $50.00 room deposit must be made, with priority given on the basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year, beginning with fall term. 6. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and returned. 7. Room assignments and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to withdraw the privilege of a student's returning after any quarter if it is judged to be in the best interests of the College or the individual. COSTS 19 Costs STUDENT COSTS 1981-82 The following pages explain the basic costs to the student and the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of tuition, board, room or fees at any time. The college does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Many of the gifts that come in are through legacies, matching gifts from corporations and Lutheran Brotherhood, Minnesota Private College Contract, and congregations and congregational organizations. Most of the funds, however, come from individual gifts. These contributors include alumni, parents and friends of the college. There are two programs to which people have committed themselves. They are the Loyalty program, where one may pledge $400 to be paid over a four-year period, and the Inasmuch program, where one may pledge $1,000 or more to be paid over a four-year period. We believe that the Lord answers prayer as we tell our friends what our needs are and ask them to join us in participation by prayer and by giving. Deposits and Fees A $10 application fee must accompany the application for admission. This fee is not refundable. All new students are required to make an initial deposit of $50 by April or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment, unless the applicant accepts the offer of admission under the early decision plan (pays the $50 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 20 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE In addition, a $50 room deposit must be made by all new students basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year beginning with the fall term. Fall Registration for second year students is based upon the order in which a $50 advance tuition deposit payment is received. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, this deposit must be made. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is received. CHARGES BY QUARTER The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12 credits is considered a part-time student. Tuition for full-time student ......................... $1,285.00 Tuition per credit for part-time student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.00 Room & Board (Average) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680.00 (Subject to change) 20.00 Telephone ....................................... . Laboratory Fee Per Course (Includes personal orientation 12.00 courses) ....................................... . 3.00 Physical Education Fee ........................... . 5.00 Varsity Physical Education Fee ..................... . Fees for Swimming, Weight-lifting, Karate, Bowling, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00-25.00 Humanities 200 (Travel and Study) for GVLC students 10.00 currently enrolled .............................. . 20.00 Humanities 200 for students not regularly enrolled (per credit) Music Fees Voice and Instrument lessons .................... . Organ Rental .................................. . Practice Room Fee ............................. . Social Service Intern Fee .......................... . Late Registration Fee ............................. . This fee is applicable for failure to register on schedule at any point during the registration procedure for any quarter. It is waived only in cases of illness or family emergencies. Late Payment Fee ................................ . This fee is charged to a student who does not pay the balance on his or her account within two days after classes begin for the quarter. 107.00 14.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 15.00 PAYMENT PLAN Miscellaneous Fees Car registration and parking permit .... (per quarter) Charge for change in registration after the tenth day of classes ............ (per change of course permit) Special Examinations ...................... (each) (For final examinations requested at times other than regularly scheduled) Transcript Fee (first copy free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Tuition Deposit for second year students . . . Fall Registration is based upon the order in which the above payment is received. (Non-refundable) 21 5.00 1.00 5.00 2.00 50.00 PAYMENT PLAN The account of each student is payable in advance at the time of registration and in accordance with the Full Payment Plan listed in this section. Students in need of credit must make arrangements with the Business Office before registration can be completed. When credit is extended, a finance charge of one percent a month is added. No student is permitted to register if the account for a preceding quarter has not been paid in full. Course credit cannot be granted, grades cannot be released, transcripts cannot be forwarded, and degrees cannot be granted until all financial obligations have been met. PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR 1981-82 Fall Quarter June 16 July 14 August 18 Registration Day Winter Quarter September 25 October 13 November 1 Spring Quarter December 8 January 9 February 1 On Campus $ 600.00 600.00 575.00 230.00 + Sp. fees. Off Campus $ 550.00 500.00 235.00 Sp. Fees $2,005.00 $1,285.00 On Campus $ 575.00 790.00 580.00 + Sp. fees. Off Campus $ 550.00 500.00 235.00 + Sp. fees. $1,945.00 $1,285.00 On Campus $ 575.00 790.00 580.00 + Sp. fees. Off Campus $ 550.00 500.00 235.00 + Sp. fees. $1,945.00 $1,285.00 22 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Gift Support The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the college. In fact, 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts and grants. In the present budget this amounts to $700,000 a year. Therefore, over and above all help s/he may get, each student receives the equivalent of a $1200 scholarship per year in order to cover the total expenses of the operation. REFUND SCHEDULE Students who decide to withdraw from college after they have registered and paid their tuition will receive a computed refund figured from the date the Bookkeeping Office receives the application for withdrawal. Prior to first class meeting ............................ 100% During first week ..................................... 90% During second week .................................. 75% From third through fifth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50% During sixth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25% After sixth week .................................. No refund Room and Board Refunds-a two-week room charge, plus a prorated board and room charge for the time spent on the campus, will be made for those leaving before the quarter is completed. If a refund is due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable time. BOOKSTORE All textbooks, art and college supplies may be purchased at the college bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other items are also available for the convenience of students. All purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $50.00 to $70.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books. Estimated book costs for the entire year are $125.00 to $175.00. LIBRARY The library, located on the ground floor of the Main building provides a variety of materials and services to support the college curriculum. There are over 25,000 volumes, 250 periodicals, local and national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the collection. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection including phonograph records and cassettes, as well as filmstrips with necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the students. FINANCIAL AID 23 Financial Aid Golden Valley Lutheran College offers several· kinds of financial aid to help students and their parents defray the expenses incurred by the student's college education. All such awards are made by the Financial Aid Committee and are based on the student's academic achievement, special abilities, and financial need. Basically, there are three sources of financial aid: Federal Government State of Minnesota Golden Valley Lutheran College There are three forms of aid: Gift Aid Loans Student Employment All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic year, but students may expect to receive their financial assistance for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during the quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift aid that was awarded from College funds for that quarter as well as proportionate amounts awarded from state or federal funds for that quarter. GIFT AID Gift Aid is a categorical name given to all awards from GVLC plus the Basic Educational Opportunity Grant, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant and the Minnesota State Scholarship/ Grant Program. These awards do not have to be repaid. Basic Educational Opportunity Grant-A grant provided by the 24 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Federal Government based on financial need. Th.e amount is determined by a formula based on expected parental contribution from income and assets. Students applying for financial aid from the College will be expected to apply for this grant. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-Awarded by the Federal Government through the College, these funds allow GVLC to make awards of $200 or more to students who show exceptional financial need. Golden Valley Lutheran College Gift Aid-Includes all awards in the areas of academics, athletics, Christian service, drama and music as well as the GVLC financial need grants. These awards are based on demonstrated excellence in the specified skill area and financial need as defined by the ACT (American College Testing) Family Financial Statement. The GVLC Gift Aid awarded to freshmen is based on their high school achievement, while the Gift Aid awarded to sophomores is based on participation and achievement while freshmen at GVLC. One-third of the award is credited to the student's account each quarter. Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program-Available to Minnesota residents with awards up to $1,250 per year depending on need. All Minnesota residents who apply for financial aid at GVLC are expected to apply for this aid. Contact your high school counselor or the GVLC Financial Aid Office for specifics because filing details (such as deadlines) vary from year to year. Other Grants- There are a number of grants and scholarships available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult his/her high school counselor and the College's Director of Financial Aid for other federal, state, and community-sponsored scholarships and grants. DEFERRED PAYMENT LOANS National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)-Federal NDSL Loans are available to students who have financial need and have been accepted for admission to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Repayment and interest do not begin until nine months after the student completes his/her studies. The interest rate is 3%, and repayment may be extended over a ten-year period. Part of the loan is forgiven if the student enters certain fields of teaching or specified military duty. Guaranteed Student Loans-The student may borrow up to $2,500 per year at 7% interest from a bank, and the federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 7% interest during the repayment period. FINANCIAL AID 25 When a bank will not give the loan, the student may borrow up to $2,500 per year at 7% interest from the Minnesota State Student Loan program. First year students are limited to $1,500 per loan, but may apply for second loans under the $2,500 limit. The federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 7% interest during the repayment period. These loans are processed through the GVLC Financial Aid Office. Lutheran Brotherhood loan-If a member of the student's family holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student may borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society at the same terms described under Federal Insured Student Loans. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT College Work-Study Program-Golden Valley Lutheran College participates in State and Federal Work-Study Programs. The student's eligibility depends on his/her financial need and individual skills. Student Part-time Employment- The College offers a variety of campus jobs with moderate pay. In addition, there are numerous part-time employment positions available in the Twin Cities and surrounding suburban areas. The Student Employment Office maintains a listing of opportunities available. PROCEDURE FOR APPL YING FOR FINANCIAL AID In general, no financial aid is offered to entering freshmen until they have declared their intention to attend. The first step, then, is to apply and be admitted to the College. In addition to the application for admission, the student must complete an application for financial aid and return it to the Admissions Office. The next step is to obtain from the high school counselor an ACT Family Financial Staiement as this is the basic means used to determine financial need. Many otherwise qualified students fail to receive financial assistance simply because they failed to get their financial statements sent in early enough; they should be on file before March 1. Minnesota residents must file the ACT Family Financial Statement by March 1 to be eligible for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. 26 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Students who complete the above process can expect to hear from the Director of Financial Aid as soon as a!! pertinent information can be assembled. Once a qualified student receives the resulting Financial Aid "Package," he or she must indicate acceptance within three weeks of the date of receipt. SCHOLARSHIPS The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for students who hold a certificate of membership and insurance from the Aid Association for Lutherans. The awards are based on academic achievement, Christian character and professional promise. The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an organization composed of the wives of the faculty and staff members at the College. The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon Sr. in memory of their son Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. This scholarship is for assisting handicapped students. The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha Gjernes Estate. The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The M. T. Lillehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some good student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example." The Logefeil Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. Logefeil and the late Dr. R. C. Logefeil who was the school doctor at one time. It is preferably to be used to aid a worthy student preparing for the ministry, missionary or some full-time service in the Lord's work. The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship is awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement and religious leadership. The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college. The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for what this school has meant to them. SCHOLARSHIPS 27 The Richard Melvig Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but never lived to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences. A Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs. Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr. Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College. The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the Board of Regents of the College. The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the late Miss Alice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character, leadership, and scholarship. The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of Regents of the College and advisor to the president. The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents. This scholarship is given annually to a student who has shown excellence in Biblical studies. The Tang Mission Scholarship is also given by Dr. and Mrs. Christopher Tang and is intended for a student who has shown excellence in mission courses. The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service, ministry, missionary work or Bible study. The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished in the memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden Valley Lutheran College. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 29 The Academic Program Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. A one-year Vocational Certificate is awarded for completion of a selected one-year vocational curriculum. In addition there are specialized programs of study available for certain qualified students who do not seek a graduation award. The academic program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is basically liberaf arts and allows one to concentrate in the area of general education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation. Students who eventually plan to attain a four-year liberal arts degree are encouraged to get the general education requirements satisfied while at GVLC, thus allowing them to concentrate chiefly on their major and minor areas of study during the last two years of college. General education courses ask the student to know something of the world of nature and scientific method, of the society in which he or she lives and in which one has a part to play, of the historic perspective and human achievements called the fine arts and humanities, and of the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological studies. GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION Credit Load and Student Classification A normal credit load consists of 16 hours per term. Exception to this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's 30 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE faculty advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be granted by the Academic Dean. Students enro!!ed for 12 or more credit-hours per term will be considered full-time; those with less than 12 credit-hours will be considered part-time students. A student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits will be classified as a freshman; a student who has earned 45 or more cumulative credits will be classified as a sophomore. The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit. Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and tuition costs are the same as costs for credit. Grading and Honor Point System A student's grade point average is figured at the end of each term and is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by the number of earned credits. Honor points are computed by the following scale: Grade A B c Honor Points Per Credit 4 3 2 D 1 F I 0 w WF s u 0 0 0 0 Superior Above Average Average Below Average Failure Incomplete* Withdrawn** Withdrawn, failing** Satisfactory*** Unsatisfactory*** *Incomplete work, receiving a grade of I, must be made up satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the student attends. If a student wants an extension beyond four weeks, he or she must secure approval of the instructor involved and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the extension. If the work is not completed, the grade becomes an F. **Withdrawals through the third week of classes are indicated by W; after that time and through Mid-term by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after the mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas determined by the instructor. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 31 ***An optional grading system of Sand U may be used at the discretion of the instructor for non-transferable credit. If a student is to work for an S instead of a letter grade, the decision must be determined by the instructor and the student before the sixth week of the quarter. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the Junior College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an Associate in Arts degree. Academic Honors An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or better are included on the Dean's List. Unsatisfactory Academic Progress In accordance with policies established by the administration and faculty, a student will be counseled in relation to unsatisfactory progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when his or her grade point average for any quarter is less than 2.00; (b) when his or her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 for any quarter, he or she will be placed on academic probation until the grade point average is raised to 1 .50 or above. A student who persists in a pattern of unsatisfactory progress may be dismissed from college. Eligibility for Varsity Sports Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student during the qualifying and competing quarter. He or she must earn a grade point average of 1.5 or better in at least 10 hours of course work listed in the College catalog. Freshmen enrolled at GVLC in their first quarter of college are exempt from the qualifying quarter requirements. A student's eligibility is reviewed each quarter and all hours of a complete course (subject) must be counted in computing a student's grade point average. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.) With regard to co-curricular activities other than varsity sports, a student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.5 for a quarter may have co-curricular activities curtailed or programs of study reduced, at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing Committee. 32 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Repeating A Course A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at the time of registration for the course. If a student repeats a course in which a D or F grade has been received, only the more recent grade earned will be entered on the student's transcript and included in the computation of the grade point average. Class Attendance Each student is responsible for completing work as required in each class. With respect to unexcused absences, excused absences, or make-up work, it is the student's responsibility to learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a student may be expelled from the course for an excessive number of unexcused absences or uncompleted assignments. Independent Study A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the criteria established by the department and have the approval of the chairman of the department in which he plans to do the study. Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which Independent Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in Independent Study, and a demonstration of relevance to the student's objectives. Independent Study applications are available in the Registrar's Office. Bible and English Requirements All students enrolled at Golden Valley Lutheran College are required to take one Bible course each quarter if they are enrolled for eight credits in Divisions other than Bible. The only exception is the student who has taken extra Bible courses in previous quarters. A student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible for graduation but is required to take one course each quarter while enrolled at GVLC. History 102, English 230, and Greek 101, 102, 103 and all of the courses listed in the Department of Biblical Studies are open to the student for selection. The suggested Bible core sequence is listed on pages 57-58. All freshmen students are required to take the sequence in College English (English 111, 112, 113). THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 33 Activity Credits A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The three credits of required physical education are not included in this category, however one physical education credit toward the requirement will be given for varsity sports. (If the student plays on a varsity team two years, only one credit will be granted for the sport.) Co-curricular activities include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, Golden Valley Singers, Madrigal Singers, Band, Golden Valley Orchestra, Theater Practice, Christian Service, additional physical education activity courses after required courses are completed, and activity credits that a transfer student might bring to Golden Valley Lutheran College. In each case the student must indicate during registration whether the activity is being taken for credit or non-credit. Credit by Special Examination Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific departmental policies. Admission of Transfer Students College work done at other accredited institutions may be applied toward a degree or certificate at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Transfer students are required to follow regular admissions procedure and submit an official transcript of record from each college attended. Credit for the college work done, if satisfactory in grade and applicable toward the College's divisional degree requirements, will be accepted toward an Associate in Arts Degree. Golden Valley Lutheran College will not accept D's in transfer except by special petition approved by the Scholastic Standing Committee. The actual number of credits earned at other institutions are entered on the student's record, but transferred credits and grade points are not included in the computation of the grade point average. Withdrawals from the College If a student wishes to withdraw from the College during any term, application for this action must be made in the Office of the Registrar. An unauthorized withdrawal results in failure in all courses. Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the time the application was approved. (See page 22.) 34 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE REGISTRATION New students must report to the College for Orientation Days as indicated in the calendar in this catalog. Both new and returning students are required to register on the days indicated in the calendar. Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. Until such settlement has been made, the student is not eligible to attend any class or individual lesson. Changes in Registration Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days of classes, upon the written approval of the Academic Dean, the advisor, and the teachers concerned. A Change of Course Permit for this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's Office. After the tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be added except upon petition and favorable action by the Academic Affairs Committee. Petition forms are available from the Registrar's Office. There is a $1.00 fee for each change in registration after the tenth day of classes. Withdrawals through the third week of classes are indicated by W; after that time and through Mid-term by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after Mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or F as determined by the instructor. A student may not drop a course after final examinations begin. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 35 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 37 Graduation Requirements Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan the college program as a whole as early as possible. A student who is in doubt about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with an advisor, the Registrar or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the Committee on Academic Affairs. The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her program includes all requirements for graduation. The advisors, the Academic Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist in every way possible. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM The Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program is the basic award for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements of this award are: 1. Completion of the Divisional Requirements as outlined below. The further requiremP.nts in the Programs of Study (pages 41-46) are recommended and the student should attempt to fulfill them. 38 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the facuity. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science CREDIT HOURS 18 Natural Science 8-12 9 12 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 COURSES Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Bus 200, 210, L.E. 140 and all Soc Sci courses except Hist 102, Hum 200 PO 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170,200 Soc Serv 101, 102, 103, 201, 202,203 All Natural Science courses except Mathematics 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Physical Education 101, 102, 103 (one credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: SPECIALIZED PROGRAM The Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program is designed for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized nature such as professional musician. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The mr;· =~ements for this award are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum (pages 48-55). GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 39 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science CREDIT HOURS 18 9 6 Natural Science 4 Creative Arts 3 Physical Education 3 COURSES Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Al I Social Science courses except History 102; Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170,200,or Humanities 200 Al I Natural Science courses Al I Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Physical Education 101 , 102, 103 (one credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JUNIOR COLLEGE CERTIFICATE The Junior College Certificate will be awarded to those students who complete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy the award requirements of an Associate in Arts Degree. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are: 1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible Course or alternative per term. 2. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 1.00. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. 40 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE 1. Completion of 46 credits (including one Bible Course or alternative per term) with a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.00 (C average). 2. Completion of the requirements of a selected curriculum. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 41 Programs of Study Details of the curricula Usted below are outlined on the pages which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity arises. A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. Basic Liberal Arts 2. Basic Science 3. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Biblical and Theological Studies 4. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Business Administration 5. Pre-Professional Programs a. Education (Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Special Education) b. Physical Education c. Music (pre-Bachelor of Arts) d. Recreation Leadership e. Law f. Agriculture g. Forestry h. Pharmacy i. Medicine j. Dentistry k. Nursing I. Corrective Therapy m. Occupational Therapy n. Physical Therapy 42 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Social Service Music (pre-Bachelor of Music) Law Enforcement Computer Training and Electronics Technician General Secretarial Legal Secretarial Medical Secretarial Office Administration Parish Secretarial Parish Work World Mission C. Curricula leading to the 1 . General Secretarial 2. Legal Secretarial 3. Medical Secretarial 4. :World Mission One-Year Vocational Certificate A. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM 1. THE BASIC LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM This curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college. The courses listed below fulfill the normal two-year general education requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Since many colleges require one or two years of foreign language or variations of work in some of the fields, the student and his advisor will make the relevant selections in relation to the student's future plans and the school to which he intends to transfer. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, 0.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech Speech 100, 110, or 200 3 Social Science 12 Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200 All courses except Mathematics 101 Natural Science 8-12 Creative Arts 6 All courses except Applied Music, arid. Ensembles Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Physical Education 3 0-15 See department listing Foreign Language Electives 14-33 Courses in special field of interest PROGRAMS OF STUDY 43 2. THE BASIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM The Basic Science Curriculum is recommended for those planninQ to transfer to a university or four-year colleoe for degrees in science or technology. The student, with the aid of his advisor, will make the relevant course selections in relation to his future plans and the school to which he intends to transfer. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 9 English Speech 100, 110, or 200 3 Speech Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and 12 Social Science all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200 Selections from Mathematics, Biology, 41-51 Natural Science Chemistry and Physics (except Mathematics 101) All courses except Applied Music, and 6 Creative Arts Ensembles Physical Education 101, 102, 103 3 Physical Education German 101, 102, 103 recommended 0-12 Foreign Language 3. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM WITH CONCENTRATION IN BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES This curriculum is recommended for those who want to combine their general studies in the liberal arts and sciences with a more extensive program of Biblical and theological studies. The Bible core sequence may be supplemented by more extensive offerings in the study of the Bible, Theology and Applied Christianity. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 27-36 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives; Theology 121, 122, 123; selections from New Testament English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech 3 Speech 100, 110, or200 Social Science 15 Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200 Natural Science 8-12 All courses except Mathematics 101 Physical Education 101, 102, 103. Physical Education 3 All courses except Applied Music, and Creative Arts 6 Ensembles Greek 101, 102, 103 recommended Foreign Language 0-15 0-21 Electives See department listings 44 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 4. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM: TRANSFER PROGRAM This curriculum offers courses to satisfy the freshman and sophomore business ua~minictt"!ltif"\n .... 1111111 .... ...... u"-''' ~• ron11it"amantc nf !l fn11t"-\/O!lt" v•....,. ,....,._.., ,..., ...... , rlant"oa .... ...,::;''"'""' nrnnr!lm ,...,'1._..,...,.,,....,,,~..., ,..,,...,~,._..,,,, •Arlmiccinn ,._...,.,...,...,,...,,, t"t)n11ira,...,"'1.,.."'"' ments for junior-year status at four-year institutions vary. Students should be guided by the program requirements of the universities to which they plan to transfer. Advisers will assist in planning a program that will meet the four-year college's lower division requirements. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required_ and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English111, 112, 113 9 English Speech 100 required 3 Speech 12 Sociology 100, Psychology 202, 203 Social Science recommended Math 102 required; Math 200 or 201, 9-22 Natural Science Math 110, Biology 111, 112, 113 recommended depending on four year college's requirements. Physical Education 101, 102, 103 3 Physical Education 6 All Creative Arts Courses except Creative Arts Applied Music and Ensembles Business 101, 102, 103, 120, 200, 210 23 Business 0-19 Selections from Business 110, 130, Business Electives 140, 150, 230, 270 (Electives in Business Administration should be selected after consulting the four year college's degree program requirements) 0-21 Electives 5. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS INTERESTED IN SPECIFIC PROFESSIONS a. Education Students planning to teach on the elementary or secondary level will need a minimum four-year program in the Liberal Arts or Sciences and the teacher education courses required for a certificate. The curricula outlined below fulfill requirements for a Minnesota certificate for the first two years. Completion of any one of these curricula leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Elementary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Geography 100 Biology 113 History 201, 202, 203 Physical Education 120, 130 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Private lessons in piano and voice are also recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 45 Secondary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 Emphasis on a special field of interest Special Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 b. Physical Education A four-year degree is required to teach physical education. The first two years of this program may be taken at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The curriculum outlined below will earn the Associate in Arts degree and provides the necessary prerequisites leading to the Minnesota teaching certificate. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T.101, Q.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 9 English 111, 112, 113 History 121, 122, 123, 201, 202, 203 or . Social Science 15 Sociology 100, 110, 210 or Psychology 202, 203 Natural Science 16 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 17 Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 110, 120, 130, 200, 210 Creative Arts 6 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Electives 11 See department listings. c. Music The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lowerdivision requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a concentration or major in music. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Music degree is outlined on page 49. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N .T. 101, Q.T. 102, N .T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English English 111, 112, 113 9 Social Science 12 History 121, 122, 123 recommended Natural Science 8-12 Selections from Biology or Mathematics (other than Mathematics 101) Physical Education Physical Education 101, 102, 103 3 Creative Arts Music 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; Applied 36 Music-6 credits, Ensembles-6 credits Electives 2-6 See department listings 46 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE d. Recreation Leadership A program designed for persons desiring a career in recreation leadership or related recreation fields. The program leads to the Associate in Arts degree and is transferable to many four-year recreation programs. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech 3 Speech 100 or 130 Social Science 12 Sociology 100, 110, 212 or Psychology 202, 203 or Law Enforcement 140 recommended All Natural Science Courses except Natural Science 8-12 Mathematics 101 Physical Education 15 Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 110, i 20, 200, 210 Recreation Leadership 15 Recreation Leadership 110, 120, 210, 220, 230 Creative Arts 6 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Electives 2-6 See department listings. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 47 The College has established specific preliminary training for students desiring entrance into certain professions. A student interested in these professions should consult the appropriate college catalogs and discuss his plans with his faculty advisor, the College counselor, and the Registrar to insure proper course selection. Completion of one of the following curricula leads to an Associate in Arts degree and satisfies the basic requirements for the first two years of the particular professional program. e. Law The Basic liberal Arts Curriculum and including: f. Agriculture The Basic liberal Arts Curriculum and including: g. Forestry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: h. Pharmacy The Basic Science Curriculum and including: i. Medicine The Basic Science Curriculum and including: j. Dentistry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: k. Nursing The Basic Science Curriculum and including: Speech 100, 110 History 201, 202, 203 Political Science 100, 200 Psychology 202, 203 Sociology 11 O, 210, 212 Business 200, 210, 230 Speech 100, 110 History 201, 202, 203 Geography 100 Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Business 200, 210 Mathematics 102, 103, 110, 200 Biology 111, 112, 221, 222, 223 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102 Business 200, 21 O Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113, 231 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 Mathematics 102, 103, 201 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 Physics 102, 103 One year of foreign language when necessary Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202 Physics 102, 103 Psychology 202 Sociology 100 or 110 Biology 111, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102, Physics 102 German 101, 102, 103 Rec om mended 48 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE I. Corrective Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Speech 200 Psychology 202; 203 Biology 111, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 140, 200, 210 Curriculum and including: m. Occupational Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102 Physical Education 120, 130, 140 n. Physical Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Mathematics 102 Physics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 140 Psychology 120 or 210 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 recommended B. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: SPECIALIZED PROGRAM 1. SOCIAL SERVICE Designed to train the student to assist the professional Social Service Worker i~ areas of reception, group care, case work, teacher assistance, recreation, therapy and rehabilitation. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts degree. The program is designed for students who wish to find employment after two years in college. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Electives 9 3 27-36 4 3 3 16-25 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 110 Psychology 202, 203, 210; Sociology 100, 110, 120; Social Service 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 All Natural Science courses except Math 101 Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Recommended: Physical Education 120, 130, Recreation Leadership 220, Sociology 210 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 49 2. MUSIC CURRICULUM (Pre-Bachelor of Music) The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lower-division requirements for the Bachelor of Music degree. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Arts degree with a concentration or major in music is outlined on page 45. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 9 6-9 4 3 51 Electives 0-1 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 121, 122, 123 recommended Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Music 111, 112, 113, 121, 122, 123, 131, 132, 133, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music6 credits; Ensembles-6 credits 3. LAW ENFORCEMENT The following curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and law enforcement, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and provides a foundation for a career in law enforcement. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Law Enforcement Electives 9 6 15 4 6 3 24 7 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 and 200 History 220; Political Science 100; Psychology 120; Sociology 100, and 110, or 210, or 212 Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 120 All courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Law Enforcement 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170 Law Enforcement 200 recommended 4. COMPUTER TRAINING OR ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN CURRICULUM Cooperative educational programs are available between Golden Valley Lutheran College and Control Data Corporation for training as computer technicians and programmers, and between GVLC and Northwestern Electronics Institute for training in the field of Electronics Technician. Students spend at least one academic year at the College and complete a specified course with Control Data or Northwestern Electronics. A maximum of 45 credits from these institutions will be accepted toward the Associate in Arts degree. Completion of the entire curriculum leads to the AA degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 English 9 Social Science 6 Natural Science 10-15 Physical Education 3 Creative Arts 3 Electives 2-7 N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 123; Sociology 100, 110 or 120 Mathematics 102, 103, Physics 102, 103 Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100 See department listings 50 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 5. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining instruction in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and secretarial skills, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career as a general secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 6 Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 4 3 3 Business I Secretarial Science Electives 43-51 0-4 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Business 200, 210 recommended; or any Social Science courses listed under the Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum See department listings Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Business 110, 120, 130, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 203, 211, 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and legal secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career as a legal secretary. 6. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 6 Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 3 3 Business/ Secretarial Science Electives 4 46-54 0-3 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Business 200, 210 recommended, or alternatives See department listings Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 213, 231, 232, 233. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 51 7. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and medical secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career as a medical secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business/ Secretarial Science Electives N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Business 200, 21 O recommended, or alternatives Biology 111, 232 Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music and Ensembles 9 6 8-12 3 3 Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110,111,112, 113, 123, 201, 213,221,222, 223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended 42-50 0-1 OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM This curriculum offers a variety of business administration and office skills courses for the student interested in an entry-level business position after two years of college study. The program is specifically designed for the student who requires a greater concentration of business courses while at GVLC. Students who complete the (two-year) Office Administration Curriculum and transfer to a four-year program may need to register for additional liberal arts courses in order to fulfill the requirements for a BA Degree. Completion of this curriculum !eads to the Associate in Arts degree. 8. Required and Recommended Courses Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business Administration 9 3 6-12 4-8 3 3 14 Business Administration/ Secretarial Science Electives 21-40 General Electives 0-11 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 required Business 200 and 210 recommended Math 102 and 110 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Business 101, 102, 120, 150. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Business 103, 110, 130, 230, 270, 300; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 201, 203, 211,220 See Departmental Listings 52 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 9. PARISH SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this curriculum, which combines training in Biblical studies, secretarial skills and liberal arts, prepares the student for the position of Parish Secretary, and leads to the Associate in Arts degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 6 Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 4 3 3 Business I Secretarial Science Applied Christianity 36-42 16 Electives N.T. 101, Q.T.102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives English 111, 112, 113 Courses in Psychology or Sociology, including Psychology 120 See department listings Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music and Ensembles Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 11 0' 111 ' 11 2' 11 3' 1 23' 201 ' 203' 211 ' 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 221, 230 Secretarial Science 220 recommended 10. PARISH WORK CURRICULUM The following curriculum provides training for the responsibilities of a Parish Worker, which includes visitation, youth work, parish education and secretarial duties. Completion of this curriculum leads to an Associate in Arts degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 Theology and Church History English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Secretarial Science Applied Christianity Electives 9 9 3 6 4 3 3 3-9 25-27 1-9 N.T. 101, Q.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 English 111, 112, 113 Speech 140 Psyr,hology 120, Sociology 120 Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100 Secretarial Science 102 (101, 103 required depending on course background of student) Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 201, 202, 203, 211, 221, 223, 230 See department listings; Sociology and Psychology courses recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 53 11. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM Current trends indicate that the Church's need is for candidates with bachelor's degrees or with training in specialized fields such as Bible and theology, medicine, education, business, agriculture, electronics, aviation or secretarial skills. Interested students should plan for extended and thorough preparation. The curriculum outlined below combines concentrated Bible study, a liberal arts background, an introduction to the missionary task, and opportunities for a variety of contacts with people directly involved in church work in various parts of the world. Completion of the two-year curriculum leads to the Associate· in Arts degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 Theology English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 6 9 3 ..J 2 8-12 3 3 2 9 6 13 N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives Theology 121, 122, 123 English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100, 110, or200 All Social Science courses (except History 102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201203 or Humanities 200) Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music and Ensembles Christian Service 11 O All Applied Christianity courses Mission 100, 110, 120 See department I istings 54 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE C. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE 1. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One Year) Completion of this one-year curriculurrJ, combining instruction in secretarial skills (including shorthand) and Biblical studies, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/ Secretarial Science 35-40 Electives N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives Physical Education 103 or alternative Business 130, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 203, 211 (Business 140 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year General Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. 2. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and legal secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/ Secretarial 38-43 Science Electives N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives Physical Education 102 or alternative Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 231, 232, 233 (Business 140 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year Legal Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 55 3. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and medical secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Natural Science 4 Physical Education 1 Business/ Secretarial Science 34-39 Electives N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives Biology 232 Physical Education 101 or alternative Business 150; Secretarial Science 11 O, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 221, 222, 223 (Business 140 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended. Students entering the one-year Medical Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. 4. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM (One-Year) riculum leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Theology and Church History 9 English 6 Social Science 9 Physical Education Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 3 1-2 6-12 6 Completion of the one-year cur- Selected from N.T.101, 103, 110, 120, 130, 140 Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 Eng Iish 111 , 112 Philosophy 210, 220; Political Science 200 or Anthropology 100 or 110 Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Christian Service 110 Appl.ied Christianity 130, 140, 150, 211 Mission 100, 110, 120, 200 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 57 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses are arranged according to divisions. The course numbering system is as follows: The first digit of the course number indicates (1) freshman course, (2) sophomore course, or (3) special course for advanced students. The second digit indicates the standing of the course within the Department, from introductory level to degree of intensity (0 through 9). The third digit indicates the term in which the course is offered-(1) first term, (2) second term, (3) third term, and (0) flexible scheduling. The college reserves the right to cancel classes with inadequate enrollment or to change course offerings when the necessity arises. I. DIVISION OF BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES A sequence of Biblical courses has been established to provide maximum coverage of Biblical concepts by students taking the minimum Bible requirement. The Bible Core Sequence is as follows: FRESHMEN Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term N.T. 101 Luke-Acts (or N.T. 120 Hebrews) O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament (or History 102 History of Ancient Israel or N.T. 140 Gospel of John) N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles (or N.T. 130 General Epistles) SOPHOMORES Fall Term O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah (or English 230 Literature of the Bible) Winter Term N.T. 202 Romans Spring Term N.T. 203 Revelation A student may substitute Greek 101, 102, 103 for 9 credits of required Bible Core courses. DEPARTMENT OF BIBLICAL STUDIES 0.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament 3 credits The covenant purposes and acts of God as they appear in the historical record of God's people in the Old Testament, with some reference to the continuation and fulfillment of the covenant promise in the New Testament, especially the Gospel of John. 58 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah 3 credits An historical survey of the last two centuries of the Kingdom of Judah and a study of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah as they reached their fulfillment in the Messiah of the New Testament. N.T. 101 Luke-Acts 3 credits A study of the life of Christ and the fundamental teachings of the Christian Church through the student's personal involvement with the text of Scripture. N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles 3 credits The structure, historical setting, purposes and content of Paul's Epistles to the Galatians, I Corinthians and Prison Epistles are studied with an emphasis upon their relevance to our day. N.T. 110 The Gospel According to Matthew 3 credits A brief survey of the Jewish, Greek and Roman backgrounds, a short introduction to the Gospels, and an intensive study of the iife and work of Cr1rist in the light of Old Testament prophecy. Offered alternate years. N.T. 120 Epistle to the Hebrews 3 credits A study of the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy in Jesus Christ and His supremacy and finality. The student is involved with the inductive method of studying the Bible. Offered alternate years. N.T. 130 General Epistles 3 credits An inductive study of the Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude with special attention paid to their unique features as compared to other New Testament epistles. Offered alternate years.· N.T. 140 The Gospel of John 3 credits An inductive study concentrating upon the Person and work of Jesus Christ as seen uniquely in the theology of John. N.T. 202 Romans 3 credits An intensive study of the Epistle to the Romans, considering its background, doctrinal content and inspirational message, and emphasizing the doctrine of justification by faith with its implications for the Christian life. N. T. 203 Revelation 3 credits A survey of the struggle of the Church against Rome, 70-100 A.O. and the central Christology of the Book of Revelation with student interpretation and evaluation of study results. Bible 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Study of special Biblical problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND CHURCH HISTORY Courses in this department cannot be substituted for the Bible requirement. Theology 121 God's Way of Salvation 2 credits A study of justification, sanctification and the Christian hope of eternal life as set forth by the Scriptures. The course utilizes the inductive method. Theology 122 The God of Redemption 2 credits A study of the Scriptures and other sources utilizing the inductive technique and with concentration on the attributes of God, the incarnation, the Person and redemptive work of Christ, the sanctifying work of the Holy Spirit, and the relevance of faith in the Triune God in relation to the great fact of redemption. Theology 123 The Church and the Means of Grace 2 credits A study of Scripture and collateral readings using the inductive technique with respect to the means of grace and the role of the Church as custodian thereof. Theology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special theological problems and areas of study for the student's interest. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 59 Church History 200 Religion in Modern America 3 credits Survey of the role and importance of religion in the United States with emphasis upon changing conditions and practices among the various religious groups and upon the Lutheran heritage. Especially for the Parish Work Curriculum. Church History 300 Independent Study Special problems and areas of study in Church History. 1 to 3 credits II. DIVISION OF COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 100 Basic English 3 credits (see below) For students entering college who need intensive work in mastering basic academic skills in English. Successful completion of this course (passing grade) is necessary before these students can enter the required sequence of College English courses (English 111, 112, 113). Students who receive a C grade or better may be granted elective credit toward the AA degree, but since this course may not transfer to four-year colleges, students are advised to take more than the normal 92 credits. Students in this course are required to attend three hours of class and an additional fourth laboratory hour each week in the skills center. English 111, 112, 113 (A, B, C, D, E or F) College English 3creditsperterm The regular series of courses in freshman College English. English 111 and 112 place emphasis on the students' development and competence in English writing skills and their ability to understand and respond to selected readings. English 113 offers study of specific genre, themes and I or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. Nine credits of College English are required of all students (with the exception of one-year vocational students). Normally, College English courses must be taken in seq.uence. · English 130 Creative Writing 3 credits Students are given the opportunity to write poetry, short stories, essays and other literary forms. Topics such as literary criticism and marketing are discussed. Students read and evaluate each other's work. English 210 Topics in Literature 3 credits Study of themes and topics in literature such as literature by American minorities, literature by women, or death in literature. English 211, 212, 213 American Literature 211: Tile New Garden of Eden: The 17th & 18th Centuries 212: The Snake in the Garden: The 19th Century 213: The Garden Becomes a Wasteland: The 20th Century 3 credits per term English 221, 222, 223 World Literature 3 credits per term Chronological survey of major writers, works, genres, themes and movements in world thought and literature from ancient to modern times. Fall Term: Ancient East, Greece, Rome and the Middle Ages. Winter Term: Renaissance, Neo-Classical and Romantic Literature. Spring Term: The Modern Age (1850 to the present). English 230 Literature of the Bible 3 credits Students do extensive reading of the narratives, poems, and apocalyptic writings primarily from the Old Testament. Emphasis is placed on reading the selections as pieces of literature. English 240 Directed Study in Journalism 1 credit per term (maximum of 3 credits) Students are involved in the production of a major publication, including exercises in layout and design, copywriting, photography, and editing. 60 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE English 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study programs to fit student needs and interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Speech 100 Fundamentals of Public Speaking 3 credits A study of the basic concepts used in organizing and delivering speeches. Emphasis on preparing and giving informative and entertaining speeches. Speech 1-1 O Small Group Communications 3 credits Participation in and analysis of behavioral and work norms in small groups. Includes a study of leadership roles, conflict resolution patterns, and the decision making process. Speech 130 Oral Interpretation 3 credits Theory and practice of the techniques of selecting and performing literature orally. Students will study methods of analyzing literature, and will develop techniques for reading prose, poetry and other literary selections. Speech 140 Communication for Parish Workers 3 credits Development of skills in these areas: Interpersonal, for use in visitation and informal counseling; Group, for use in leading study groups and committees; Public Speaking, for use in addressing congregations and other large groups. Open to first year or second year parish work students. Speech 200 Interpersonal Communication 3 credits Study of the concepts of interpersonal communication patterns and the characteristics of ineffective and effective communication behavior. Speech 203 Public Sp.eaking 3 credits A study of the theories and ethics of persuasion. Practice in the art of speaking to persuade or actuate. Prerequisite: Speech 100 or instructor's permission. Speech 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Research or other creative projects within a speech communication discipline. Departmental approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 101, 102, 103 Elementary German 4 credits per term Fundamentals of grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, writing, reading and speaking; reading of some simple German prose and poetry. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent registration in English 111. 3 credits per term German 201, 202, 203 Intermediate German Review of Elementary German and further study of literary selections; emphasis on speaking, reading and writing German during the winter and spring terms. Prerequisite: German 101, 102, 103 or two years of high school German. German 210 Directed Readings in German 1 to 6 credits Students become familiar with selected works of German literature, and increase their reading speed and comprehension of German. Department approval necessary. 1 to 3 credits German 300 Independent Study Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. 5 credits per term Greek 101, 102, 103 Elementary Greek Theoretical and practical study of elementary Greek grammar; readings and parsing of selections from the Book of Acts and other selections. Instructor's approval necessary for first year students. Greek 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 61 Additional Languages-Arrangements can be made for the study of other languages, such as Spanish, French, and Russian if students can provide their own transportation. Interested students should contact the Academic Dean. Ill. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY, POLITICAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY History 102 History of Ancient Israel 3 credits Survey of the history of Ancient Israel and the development of the religious insight of the Hebrew people. Attention is also given to the importance of Mesopotamia and Egyptian contributions to the literature of the Bible. History 111 History of Ancient Greece 3 credits Survey of Greek history and culture from the Minoan period through Hellenistic times. History 112 History of Ancient Rome 3 credits Survey of Roman history and culture from prehistoric times through the late Roman Empire. History 113 History of Medieval Europe 3 credits Survey of European civilization from the transformation of the Roman Empire through the fifteenth century. History 121, 122, 123 History of Western Civilization 3 credits per term Survey of the development and accomplishments of Western Civilization with emphasis on institutional, intellectual and spiritual aspects. Fall term: Late Medieval, Renaissance and Reformation. Winter term: Early Modern Europe. Spring term: Modern Europe in a world setting. History 201, 202, 203 History of the United States 3 credits per term Survey of the history of the American people with primary emphasis on their social, intellectual, political, and economic growth. Fall: Pre-Colonial through Early National Period; Winter: War of 1812 through Reconstruction; Spring: 1877 to the present. History 220 The Modern World 3 credits General survey and a more intensive student investigation of the Modern World, 1914 to the present. History 230 Topics in History 3 credits Topics in history of special interest to students and instructors, such as the history of women, ethnic histories, period histories, movement studies or institutional histories. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. History 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special historical periods and problems; research into particular areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. · Political Science 100 American Government and Politics 3 credits Study of the principles and structure of Federal Government in the United States and of political issues of the current scene. Political Science 200 Modern Political Thought 3 credits Comparative study of Communism, Fascism and Modern Capitalism in the light of contemporary Christian thought. Political Science 210 Topics in Political Science 3 credits Topics in political science of special interest to students and instructors, such as comparative political thought, practical politics, foundations of democratic thought or study of political institutions. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. Political Science 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Research into special areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. 62 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Geography 100 Human Geography 3 credits Survey of the basic tools and concepts of geography and the distribution patterns of physical and human environment, plus emphasis on selected areas. Geography 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special interests and area studies. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND HUMANITIES Philosophy 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 credits Introduction to the functions and problems of philosophy with more detailed consideration of the problems of knowledge, existence, freedom, good and evil. Philosophy 103 Logic Study of formal logic and the techniques of evaluating arguments. 3 credits Philosophy 200 Topics in Philosophy 3 credits Philosophical problems and topics of special interest to particular students. Philosopl1y 201, 202, 203 History of Western Philosophy 3 credits per term Survey of the important men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the present. Fall term: Ancient philosophy. Winter term: Medieval philosophy. Spring term: Modern philosophy. Offered alternate years. Philosophy 210, 220 Philosophy of the Non-Christian Religions 3 credits per term Study of the philosophical svstems of the major religions of Africa, the Middle East and Asia, including Animism, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism and Shintoism. Offered alternate years. Humanities 200 Travel and Study 1-3 credits Cultural enrichment through travel. Tours guided or arranged by faculty members. Substantial papers and reports required. Normally this course counts as elective credit. Credits may be used to fulfill divisional requirements upon divisional approval. Philosophy 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Study of special philosophical problems or areas appropriate to the student's needs and interests. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL ORIENTATION Psychology 120 Psychology of Adjustment 3 credits Development of a knowledge of psychology that will be useful in attaining more effective personal living and relationships with other people. Psychology 202, 203, General Psychology 3 credits per term Study of the more significant facts and principles in the field of human behavior; provides a basic introduction to several areas of specialization in psychology. Prerequisite for Psychology 203: Psychology 202. Psychology 210 Childhood and Adolescence 3 credits Study of human growth and development from infancy through adolescence; learning theory and application. Prerequisite: Two or more terms of college work completed. Psychology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 63 Personal Orientation 100 Individual Work in College Study Skills 1 credit (see below) Arranged on an individual basis for students desiring to work on a single aspect of study skills, mathematics, reading, spelling or vocabulary development. Personal Orientation 110 Efficient Reading 1 credit (see below) Arranged on an individual basis to enable students to develop skills in vocabulary, reading comprehension, and reading rate for success in college and later life. Personal Orientation 120 College Vocabulary Development 2 credits (see below) Designed to introduce students to basic principles of vocabulary development. Aimed at general vocabulary as well as the specific vocabularies of various academic disciplines. Personal Orientation 130 How to Study 1 credit (see below) Practice of methods of study developed from information based on research and student experience. Concerned with efficient and effective method's of concentration, use of time, study, organizing material, preparing for examinations, and preparing research papers, book reports or other term projects. Personal Orientation 140 Pre-Composition 1 credit (see below) Designed for the student needing individualized instruction in basic sentence and paragraph construction. Successful completion of the course (passing grade) is necessary before the student can enter English 100 and the College English sequence. Personal Orientation 150 Basic Mathematics 1 credit (see below) Review of arithmetic, factoring, the fundamental algebraic operations, rational expressions, linear equations, roots and radicals, quadratic equations. Personal Orientation 160 Fundamentals of Spelling 1 credit Designed to provide the student with a systematic approach to spelling; the course will utilize a self-paced, audio-tutorial format. Personal Orientation 170 The Research Paper 1 or 2 credits Designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to create a research paper; the course wil I utilize the self-paced, audio-tutorial format. The end result of the course will be the production of a research paper for another class. Prerequisite: English 111 or instructor's permission. Personal Orientation 200 Career and Life Planning 2 credits (see below) Designed to teach skills for making career decisions appropriate to the student's values, needs, aptitudes, skills or talents, interests and goals. Credits from Personal Orientation 110, 120, 130, 160, 170 or 200 may count as elective credits for the AA degree providing the grade is C or better. (Credits for Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170 and 200 are granted for the Junior College Certificate.) DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL SERVICE AND ANTHROPOLOGY Sociology 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 credits Study of the structures and functions of society and culture as seen through sociological perspectives; focus is on selected problems, social organizations and socialization in the context of change. Sociology 11 O Social Problems 3 credits Survey of contemporary social problems with development of the student's understanding of the processes involved in historical, social and cultural change. Sociology 120 Marriage and Family 3 credits Study of the life cycle, mate selection, marital adjustment and parent-child relationships; to provide practical help for those interested in preparing for marriage from a Christian point of view. Sociology 210 The Urban Center 3 credits Introduction to the problems of modern cities, urban ecology, urban institutions and the urban way of life. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 64 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Sociology 212 Minority Group Relations 3 credits Study of minority groups, especially Native and Black Americans, and the problems of the contemporary scene. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or by permission of the instructor. Sociology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special sociological problems and areas of study for the student's interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Social Service, 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 Internship 1-3 credits per term Practical experience and observation in working with social service agencies; orientation and help in choosing vocational goals in different areas of social service. Designed for the two-year Social Service Curriculum. Anthropology 100 Introduction to Physical Anthropology and Archaeology 3 credits Survey of the field of physical anthropology and the archaeological methods used in the study of prehistory. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 110 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 credits Survey of the field of cultural anthropology with the study of the varieties of the human race, their origins and cultural characteristics, and spiritual orientation. Ottered alternate years. Anthropology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special Anthropological problems and areas of study for the student's interests. Department approval necessary. IV. DIVISION OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Math 101 Intermediate Algebra 3 credits Introduction to basic mathematical concepts, sets, the number system, factoring, fractions, inequalities, linear, and quadratic equations,. Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. Math 102 College Algebra 5 credits Algebraic operations with real numbers, linear and quadratic functions, polynomials, combinations, binomial theorem, probability, mathematical induction, matrices and determinants, analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent. Math 103 Trigonometry 4 credits functions, radian measure, trigonometric identities, logarithms, inverse trigonometric functions and complex numbers. Practical applications in surveying and in physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 102 or its equivalent. Trigonom~tric Math 110 Introductory Statistics 4 credits Study of basic statistical concepts: probability, sampling, normal distribution, statistical estimation, and hypothesis testing. Problems are applied in the fields of business, social and physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent. Math 180 Finite Mathematics 5 credits Logic and set theory, Functions, Algebra of matrices, Linear systems, Linear programming, Probability. Applications in business, biology and behavioral sciences. Prerequisite: Math 101 or equivalent. Math 200 Elements of Calculus 5 credits A short course with applications in biology, business and social sciences. Short review of algebra. Continuity and the limit of a function. Derivative and its interpretation; Maximum and minimum problems; Antiderivative; The definite integral; Exponential and logarithmic functions; Functions of several variables. Prerequisite: Math 102. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 65 Math 201 Calculus I 5 credits Short review of algebra, introduction to plane analytic geometry. The derivatives of functions and their applications. The integration of simpler functions and the applications. Prerequisites: Math 102 and Math 103 or their equivalents. Math 202 Calculus II 5 credits Differentiation and integration of trigonometric and logarithmic functions. Several techniques of integration: by parts, by change of variable, by approximation methods, etc. Parametric equation, polar coordinates. Applications to geometrical and physical problems. Prerequisite: Math 201 or its equivalent. 5 credits Math 203 Calculus Ill Vector treatment of three-dimensional analytic geometry, functions of two or more variables, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, and differential equations. Applications. Prerequisite: Math 202 or its equivalent. 1 to 3 credits Math 300 Independent Study Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Physics 100 Environmental Physics 4 credits Survey of physics as related to the environment and everyday experiences of the physical world. The concepts in mechanics, heat, sound, light and atomic physics are developed non-mathematically. One hour lab per week is devoted to student projects or to experiments in laboratory. Primarily for non-science students. No prerequisite. 5 credits Physics 102 General Physics I Study of physical principles in mechanics, fluids, wave motion, and heat, with applications to practical situations. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in various technical areas. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent. Physics 103 General Physics II 5 credits The fundamental physical concepts in electricity, magnetism, optics, and nuclear physics will be studied using practical applications. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in technical areas. Prerequisite: Physics 102 or its equivalent. Physics 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 111 Life Studies I 4 credits Introduction to biology-life versus non-life, cellular design and process, organism types (unity amids! complexity), energy sources, yields, and efficiencies in life systems. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 112 Life Studies II 4 credits The fndividual life pattern-cell regulation and division, sex cell formation and union, genetics and embryology, intercellular effects and immune response, physiology and neuromechanisms. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 113 Environmental Biology 4 credits Traces exploration ..-conservation -ecology-conscrousness through perspectives of behavior, populations, ecosystems and biosphere understanding and application. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. 66 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Biology 114 Field Ecology and I or 4 credits Biology 115 Invertebrate Zoology 4 credits Wilderness camping experience during the month of June at the 120-acre North Woods Field Station. Ecosystems analysis and survey of invertebrate phyla with field equipment and techniques-team-taught small group with mobile lab. Wilderness survival and ecorecreations (scuba, rock-climbing, sailing, recording animal sounds, photography, astronomy, geology, wildlife and forestry employment opportunities). Prerequisite recommended: Biology 113. Biology 120 Field Experience in Biology 1-4 credits Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to provide career guidance and development to better direct educational and occupational planning. One weekend is equal to 1 credit. A maximum of 4 credits may be applied to the AA Degree. Biology 221 Plant Studies 4 credits The study of plant cells and tissues with a survey of the major phyla of the nonvascular plants and their adaptions to the environment. Some field studies and taxonomy of the local trees and fall flowers. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Biology 222 Introduction to Botany 4 credits The study of the major phyla of vascular plants and plant growth, regulation, reproduction and photosynthesis. This course will give experience in the green house environment. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112or113. Biology 223 Introduction to Ecology 4 credits The study of the structure and function of an ecosystem with field studies of at least two major ecosystems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or 113. Biology 231 Microbiology 4 credits Practical application of bacteriological techniques in analyzing disease parameters, public health measures, agricultural and industrial usefulness of the smallest life systems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111. Offered alternate years. Biology 232 Anatomy 4 credits Gross and microscopic structure of the human body from a functional standpoint utilizing charts, models, skeletons and manikins. Cat dissection to demonstrate mammalian anatomy. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or 113. Biology 233 Physiology 4 credits Organ systems of the human body. Laboratory exercises include blood typing, recording of the heart beat, respiration, muscle contraction, experiments on digestion, urinalysis, coordinated with a brief study of the anatomy of the system. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 232, or instructor's permission. Biology 241 Genetics 4 credits An introductory course in the principles of heredity will begin with Mendelian genetics, and then progress to cell division and reproduction, molecular structure, DNA, protein synthesis, gene expression, mutagenesis, and conclude with population genetics, genetic engineering, and variabilities. Emphasis will be on human inheritance. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111. Offered alternate years. Biology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 67 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Chemistry 100 Environmental Chemistry 4 credits Study of the environment and the role chemistry plays in life. Course is designed for the non science major and has no prerequisites. Topics of current interest such as storage of atomic wastes, food additives, air pollution, solid wastes and the development of the environment are discussed, along with the chemical principles required for a more thorough understanding of them. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 General Chemistry 4 credits per term Study of atomic structure, chemical bonding, periodic classification, the mole, gas laws, stoichiometry, liquids, solids, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, nuclear chemistry, electrochemistry, oxidation, reduction, pH, acids and bases, and organic chemistry. During Chemistry 103 the student will study Qualitative Analysis in the laboratory, involving the separation and identification of some of the more common ions. Chemistry 101, 102, 103-Three lectures and one double lab per week. Chemistry 101, 102, and 103 must be taken in sequence. Chemistry 201, 202, 203, Organic Chemistry 4 credits per term Study of structure, reactions and nomenclature of both aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, halides, alcohols, ethers, carboxylic acids, aldehydes, ketones, amines. The latter part of the course deals with larger functional groups such as keto acids, etc. Considerable time will be spent on l.R. spectra and N.M.R. spectra to help identify compounds. Three lectures and one double lab per week. Prerequisite for Chemistry 201 is Chemistry 103 or instructor's permission. Chemistry 201, 202, 203 must be taken in sequence. Chemistry 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. V. DIVISION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION LEADERSHIP Physical Education 101, 102, 103 1 credit per term Winter Fall Spring 101 E Bowling 102R Badminton 103L Basebal I 1011 Conditioning 102B Basketball 103E Bowling 101J Cross Country 102E Bowling 1031 Conditioning 101 A Football 1020 Cross Country Skiing 103W Golf 101 N Karate 102H Gym Hockey 103N Karate 101 S Soccer 102N Karate 103X Softball 101C Speedball 102G Weightlifting 103T Tennis 101 D Swimming 102f( Wrestling 103U Track 101T Tennis 1030 Women's Self Defense 101V Volleyball Physical Education 110 Introduction to Physical Education 3 credits Study of physical education and athletics in the schools, and the philosophy and basic principles of physical education and recreation leadership. Physical Education 120 Health and First Aid 3 credits Study of modern concepts and practices of health applied to the individual and community. Also includes the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 68 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Physical Education 130 Drugs and Chemical Dependency 2 credits Study of the impact of drugs on the human body and methods of correction. Required for Minnesota teaching certificates. Physical Education 140 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) 1 credit The procedure used when cardiac arrest occurs. Course includes instruction and Official Certification in the skills of CPR. Physical Education 200 Individual and Dual Sports 3 credits Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating individual and dual sports. Physical Education 210 Team Sports 3 credits Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Physical Education 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. Recreation Leadership 110 Introduction to Recreation and Park Leadership 3 credits Examination of the history and development of park and recreation movement; professional and service organizations; orientation to the professional field. Recreation Leadership 120 Introduction to Recreation Programming 3 credits Introduction to the directing and leading of recreation work and the writing of recreation programs.(YMCA, YWCA, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, churches, community centers, etc.) Recreation Leadership 210 Camp Craft 3 credits Basic skills and practical experience in various phases of camping and outdoor education. Recreation Leadership 220 Leadership in Social Activities Techniques of leadership in social games, parties and outings. 3 credits Recreation Leadership 230 Internship 1-3 credits per term Practical experience under the direction of full-time workers in the fields of parks, recreation management and Y.M.C.A.-Y.W.C.A. VI. DIVISION OF CREATIVE ARTS DEPARTMENT OF ART 3 credits Art 100 Introduction to Visual Arts Introduction to visual art through the study of esthetics, philosophy, techniques and history of art. Includes attending art exhibits and other cultural events and researching personal ideas as they relate to the world of art. 3 credits per term Art 101, 102, 103 Art History of the Western World Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture as they relate to history and culture in the Western world. Fall Term: Pre-history to Early Christian. Winter Term: Middle Ages to Baroque. Spring Term: Nineteenth Century to Present. Offered alternate years. Art 110 Two Dimensional Design 3 credits A basic study of the principles of design together with the discovery of design sources in nature. Art 121 Basic Drawing 3 credits Exploration and use of various drawing materials and methods. Emphasis on the development of visual perception and personal aesthetics. Art 122 Drawing 3 credits An extension of Art 121 with more extensive experiences in the manipulation of visual elements and pictorial structure. Prerequisite: Art 121. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 69 Art 123 Drawing 3 credits Continuation of Art 121 and 122. Students learn to see design and form relationships and experiment with a variety of drawing media. Subject matter includes still life and the figure. Prerequisite Art 122. Art 130 Printmaking 3 credits An exploration and study of wood and other materials for making prints in monochrome and color. Art 140 Watercolor 3 credits An introduction to the watercolor medium with emphasis on compositional and technical problems. Subject matter includes still life and landscape. Art 202, 203 Painting 3 credits per term Basic experiences in the use of oil and acrylic to acquaint the student with the mediums and to encourage the development of personal imagery and technique. Prerequisite: Art 121. 1 to 3 credits Art 300 Directed Study Special study for advanced students based upon the proposal of the student in consultation with the instructor. Departmental approval required. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Music 100 Introduction to Music 3 credits The development of perceptive listening through the study of representative musical works, their styles, structure and relationship to cultural history. For nonmusic majors. Music 111, 112, 113 Theory 4 credits per term Course sequence in music theory developing the student's knowledge and skills in part writing, keyboard sight-singing and ear-training. Includes studies of the science of sound, the rudiments of music, intervals, triads and inversions, and a survey of non-harmonic tones and seventh chords. Music 121, 122, 123 History of Music 3 credits per term Survey of musical thought and achievement for primitive origins to the twentieth century. Intended for music majors but may be taken by any student upon approval of the instructor. Offered alternate years. Music 131, 132, Choral Conducting 2 credits per term Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of vocal problems and church-music programs and organization. Offered alternate years. Music 133 Instrumental Conducting 2 credits Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Offered alternate years. Music 211, 212, 213 Advanced Theory 4 credits per term Study of Baroque composition including detailed study of non-harmonic tones, seventh chords, altered chords, modal harmony and two-, three-, four-part counterpoint. Also includes a survey of music styles from the Baroque to the present with a concentration on twentieth century techniques of music composition. Prerequisite: Music 111, 112, 113. 70 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Music 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. APPLIED MUSIC Voice 1 credit Study of vocal technique and literature. Emphasis on sacred literature including oratorio, with time devoted to Italian and German art songs. One half-hour lesson per week. Piano 1 credit Instruction in piano performance, including study of techniques through scales, arpeggios and other exercises. One half-hour lesson per week. Organ 1 credit Graded course in organ playing beginning with study of manual and pedal techniques. Liieraiure studies include examples from ail periods of music. Renaissance to Neo-Classic. Service playing problems are also studied. One half-hour lesson per week. Strings 1 credit Graded instruction on a string instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Woodwinds 1 credit Graded instruction on a woodwind instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. 1 credit Brass Graded instruction on a brass instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Percussion 1 credit Graded instruction on a percussion instrument or instruments. One half-hour lesson per week. ENSEMBLES Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir 1 credit per term Open to all students by audition, but limited to 65 members. Examples from all periods of music literature are selected for performance. Besides numerous concerts in and around the Twin City area, an extended tour is made each spring. The choir meets four periods per week. 1 credit per term Golden Valley Singers Open to all women students of the college. Study and presentation of treble choral music, both accompanied and a cappella. The chorus meets four periods per week. 1/2 credit per term The Madrigal Singers Twelve students. selected from the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir. Literature used includes Madrigal and Carol. Numerous concerts through the year are given. Symphonic Choir Open to all members of the student body and the community. Vz credit per term Band 1 credit per term Open to all College students by audition. The group performs literature from all eras and styles. A tour is organized each year. The band performs regularly for College convocations and presents formal concerts each quarter. The pep band is formed from this group. College-Community Orchestra Vzcredit per term Open to all qualified students and community members by audition. The orchestra performs standard orchestral literature each quarter in addition to accompanying the College choirs at Christmas. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 71 Small Ensembles Y2 credit per term Students are given opportunity to participate in small ensembles (trios and quartets, instrumental and vocal). The ensembles perform regularly for convocations, concerts and at local church services. DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE Theatre 100 Introduction to Theatre 3 credits Study of the various types of dramatic production, the role of theatre in Western civilization, and discussion of the functions of director, actor, designer. Theatre 110 Introduction to Acting 3 credits Intensive study of the basic principles of acting (movement and voice) in the preparation of monologues and scenes. Theatre 120 Theatre Practice 1 credit per term (max. of 3 credits for AA degree) Participation in College sponsored theatre productions. Open to students assigned dramatic or technical roles. Instructor's permission requir.ed. 4 credits Theatre 130 Elements of Technical Theatre Study of procedures and methods in design and construction or preparation of sets, costumes, props, lights, or sound. Theatre 140 Mime 1 credit Study of the elements of mime expression, physical technique and creative expression. One hour per week. Theatre 200 History of Theatre 3 credits Study of the development and practices of theatre and drama in Western culture during a selected period. 3 credits Theatre 210 Advanced Acting Problems in characterization and direction involving advanced work in movement and voice in the preparation of scenes, improvisations and one-act plays. Theatre 220 Directin_g for the Theatre 4 credits Principles and practice in preparing scenes and one-acts for production involving script analysis, casting, blocking, and rehearsal technique. Theatre 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students or research projects within selected theatre disciplines. VII. DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS Business 101 Accounting • 4 credits Study of fundamental principles and procedures of accounting; classifying and reporting data on balance sheets and income statements. Business 102 Accounting II 4 credits Continuation of Accounting I; Analyzing financial statements and analytical functions of accounting; partnership and corporate accounting. Prerequisite: Accounting I or its equivalent. Business 103 Accounting Ill 4 credits Accounting as a planning and controlling tool in the decision-making process of management; funds statements; cost accounting: job order and process cost. Prerequisite: Accounting II or its equivalent. Business 110 Personal Finance 3 Credits Fundamental concepts of personal financial management: insurance, budgeting, credit, savings, investments, retirement and estate problems and consumer concerns. (General Education-open to all students.) 72 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Business 120 Introduction to Business Principles and Management Survey of the organization, environment, O\"Jnership, management, 3 credits ethics, operational function, and regulation of American business systems. Business 130 Introduction to Data Processing 3 credits A basic course in the systems approach to processing data in business applications, and the role of the computer in information processing. Business 140 Business Mathematics 3 credits Application of mathematical skills to practical business situations. Topics include: fundamentals review, percentages, interest, discounts, payroll, taxes, profits, losses, stocks, bonds, and insurance. 3 credits Business 150 Business Communications General principles of effective communication in business; writing of various types of business letters and reports; stress on vocabulary and the mechanics of lang·uage as applied to writing business reports and letters. Business 200 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics 4 credits National income economics, gross national product, indicators of economic activity, the money and banking system, monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation and unemployment, principles of world economics, international trade, and the balance of payments. Business 210 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics 4 credits Supply, demand and price; competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and anti-trust policy. Pricing of the factors of production and distribution of income. Business 230 Business Law 4 credits Relationship between the citizen and the business world: Topics include contracts, bills and notes, courts, bailments, partnerships and corporations. Business 270 Marketing 3 credits Examination of the total marketing process, including the distribution of goods and services from producer to consumer; processes of retailing, wholesaling, pricing and government regulations. Offered alternate years. Business 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL SCIENCE 3 credits Secretarial Science 101 Typewriting I Mastery of the keyboard and proper technique of typewriting. Not open to students with one year of high school typing except by permission. Secretarial Science 102 Typewriting II 3 credits Students build speed and accuracy at the typewriter and increase their skill in handling the more difficult problems in business correspondence, tabulations, manuscripts and business forms. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 101 or its equivalent. Secretarial Science 103 Executive Typewriting 3 credits Emphasis on typing performance at the executive level requiring sustained highlevel production speed with ability to organize, solve problems and produce highquality work. Speed and accuracy in straight-copy and production work are stressed. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 102 or its equivalent. Secretarial Science 110 Office Accounting 4 credits General office accounting procedures; payroll records, tax records, records of a physician and an attorney. Practice Set which will include basic accounting cycle. General Education class-Open to all students. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 73 Secretarial Science 111 Elementary Shorthand 2-4 credits Fundamentals of Forkner Shorthand for beginning students (4 Cr.); Review of Gregg Diamond Jubilee for students with a minimum of one year of Gregg (2 Cr.) Secretarial Science 112 Intermediate Shorthand 4 credits Emphasis on speed, accuracy and vocabulary. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. Ill or equivalent. 4 credits Secretarial Science 113 Advanced Shorthand Advanced dictation and transcription. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 112 or equivalent. Secretarial Science 123 Office Machines 3 credits Instruction in the use of ten-key adding machines, electronic printing calculators, and electronic display calculators. Secretarial Science 201 Administrative Office Procedures I 2 credits A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis on attaining a job, records management, communication skills and office relations. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 103 or equivalent. . 2 credits Secretarial Science 203 Administrative Office Procedures II A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis on word processing, business attitudes and proficient handling of office problems. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 103 or equivalent. Secretarial Science 211 Machine Transcription 2 credits Emphasis on transcription techniques, both from machine and textual material. Transcribing machines are used. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 103 or equivalent. Secretarial Science 213 Shorthand Transcription 2 credits Refresher course for Gregg and Forkner students with emphasis on speed building and transcription techniques. Prerequisite: Shorthand 113 or equivalent. 1 credit per term Secretarial Science;220·.supervised Work Experience Credit for work experience in an office-type environment. (Students must register during quarter in which they receive credit)-must be approved by secretarial science department in advance. Secretarial Science 221 Medical Office Procedures 4 credits Study of medical records, medical law, medical societies, medical insurance, medical filing, medical telephoning techniques, medical appointments, and general medical office duties. Secretarial Science 222 Medical Terminology 4 credits Study of medical terms used in the branches of medicine; emphasis on prefixes and suffixes: use of medical reference books. Secretarial Science 223 Medical Transcription 4 credits Study of the principles of medical machine transcription (for all branches of medicine); Typing of medical summaries, reports and letters; medical cassette tapes are used. Secretarial Science 231 Legal Office Procedures 4 credits Study of procedures and legal forms involved in probate, appeals, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships, and corporations. Secretarial Science 232 Legal Terminology 4 credits Study of legal terms used in probate, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships and corporations. Secretarial Science 233 Legal Transcription 4 credits Study of legal terms via transcription of a variety of legal documents. Legal cassette tapes used. Secretarial Science 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary. 74 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT Law Enforcement 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 credits Survey of the history and principles of law enforcement in American society, the criminal justice system; courts; state and federal agencies. 3 credits Law Enforcement 110 Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures An overview of the relationships between the police and community and the era of crime prevention; the elements of verbal and non-verbal communication and their role in effective law enforcement procedure. Law Enforcement 120 Juvenile Problems & Justice 3 credits An overview of the principles of the juvenile justice system; its laws, problems, and procedures. Law Enforcement 130 Criminal Evidence and Procedure 3 credits Criminal evidence for police, types of evidence, criminal procedure in various courts, arrest, search and seizure, collection of evidence, interviews and line-up procedure. Law Enforcement 140 Introduction to Criminology 3 credits Survey of the psychological and sociological aspects of criminal and delinquent behavior, and of the types of treatment and their effectiveness. 3 credits Law Enforcement 150 Criminal Law The development, application and enforcement of local, state and federal laws that deal with criminal behavior, including a study of the Minnesota Criminal Code. 3 credits Law Enforcement 160 Constitutional Law Study arYd analysis of the United States Constitution and its amendments that pertain to law enforcement; Federal and State legal decisions that also apply to law enforcement problems. Law Enforcement 170 Psychology for Law Enforcement 3 credits An introduction to the psychological aspects of the Law Enforcement profession, with particular attention to the personal and professional adjustments demanded by this career. Law Enforcement 200 Internship for Law Enforcement Supervised work experience with a law enforcement agency. 1 to 3 credits Law Enforcement 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and research into areas of student interest in the fields of law enforcement. DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED CHRISTIANITY Christian Service 110A, 1108, 110C Christian Service Projects· 1 credit per term Student assignments to various projects provide in-service training in various phases of Christian work. Regular reports to the department are required. 3 credits per term Applied Christianity 122, 123 Christian Education Winter term: Study of the human relations of the teaching-learning process, acquaintance with the age of ability differences and individual potential of children. An in-depth child study will be made by each student. Spring term: Study of the objectives of Christian Education and practice of teaching methods. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 75 Applied Christianity 130 Youth Leadership 3 credits Study of the needs and goals Of youth leadership in the church, and of the philosophies, organizational structures, resources and materials of the youth organizations and departments of the major Lutheran synods. Applied Christianity 140 Christian Ethics 3 credits Study of ethical standards of Christian conduct and their relationship to the self, tam ily, society, church and state. Emphasis is placed on the student's practical questions concerning right and wrong. Applied Christianity 150 Evangelism 3 credits The evangelical task of the church is recognized as of prime importance, and the responsibility of the individual Christian to personalize the Gospel within the parish and community is stressed. Applied Christianity 201, 202, 203 Christian Education Project 1 credit per term Classroom orientation and practical teaching experience under supervision. Applied Christianity 211 Christian Education Seminar 3 credits Study of materials available in the field of Christian Education; discussion of teaching experiences (Applied Christianity 201 ); acquaintance with methods and materials in adult Christian education. Applied Christianity 221 Church Staff Work I 3 credits Study of basic principles and their relationship to professional ethics, professional relationships, the ministry of the laity, the organization and functioning of the parish, techniques of visitation and public relations. For parish workers, parish secretaries, and lay assistants. Applied Christianity 223 Church Staff Work 11 3 credits Study of strategies and models for the development of programs designed to meet a congregation's particular needs. Applied Christianity 230 Church Staff Field Work 1-3 credits Practical experience in the various aspects of parish work through personal supervised field work with the cooperation of local congregations. Twenty-four hours of work are required. Applied Christianity 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Mission 100 Introduction to Mission 2 credits Study of the theology of mission, some basic principles of communicating the Gospel to non-Christian people, and some current practices in the work of the Church in various countries of the world. Mission 110 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the nineteenth century. Mission 120 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the twentieth century. Mission 200 Mission Internship 1 to 6 credits A flexible program of study designed to provide the student opportunities for contact with people directly involved in church work in various countries of the world. Students may study and serve under the supervision of experienced missionaries at times to be arranged. Mission 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for the student who has a serious interest in some aspect of the world mission of the Christian Church. 76 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Directory BOARD OF REGENTS OFFICERS Chairman I THE REV. MAYNARD L. NELSON Vice Chairman I ARTHUR A. MAI Secretary I TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN Treasurer I ALLEN A. METCALF JR. MRS. ERLING ANDERSON ALC, Farming Halstad, Minnesota THE REV. DR. WILLIAM E. BERG LCA, Pastor Augustana Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REV. BURTON L. BONN LCA, Pastor Hope Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota DR. LAWRENCE M. BRINGS ALC, Chairman of the Board T. S. Denison Co., Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota EARL BURANDT LC-MS, Engineer Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota MARK DALQUIST LCA, President Maid of Scandinavia Minneapolis, Minnesota ROBERT DANIELS ALC, Vice President and Co-owner Mainline Travel, Inc. Minnetonka, Minnesota WILLIAM H. DOEPKE LCA, Professional Engineer Owner, Doepke Building Movers Inc. Edina, Minnesota THE REV. VERNON D. GUNDERMANN LC-MS Pastor, Beautiful Savior Lutheran Churcr New Hope, Minnesota THE REV. EWALD HINCK LC-MS, Pastor Robbinsdale, Minnesota THE REVEREND RICHARD F. HOLY LC-MS Administrator St. Olaf Residence Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND PAUL R. IDSTROM ALC Pastor House of Hope Lutheran Church New Hope, Minnesota LYLE M. JENSEN LCA, President Cummins Diesel Sales, Inc. St. Paul, Minnesota MRS. RODGER E. JENSEN Counseling Services Edina, Minnesota DIRECTORY DR. MARLIN J. E. JOHNSON LCA, Specialist in Internal Medicine Quain & Ramstad Clinic Bismarck, North Dakota WOODROW P. LANGHAUG ALC, Vice Chairman of the Board, Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota FRED L. LOCKWOOD LCA, Vice President and General Manager Lend Lease Truck Division of National Car Rental Minneapolis, Minnesota ARTHUR A. MAI ALC, District Representative Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society Minneapolis, Minnesota ALLEN A. METCALF, JR. President, Metcalf Mayflower Moving Co. St. Paul, Minnesota THE REV. MAYNARD L. NELSON ALC, Pastor Calvary Lutheran Church Golden Valley, Minnesota RAY NORLING ALC, Exec. Vice President Willmar Poultry Co. ELMER N. OLSON ALC, Past President Elmer N. Olson Co. Minneapolis, Minnesota ROBERT M. SKARE ALC, Attorney Best & Flanagan Minneapolis, Minnesota LOUISE SUNDET (Mrs. Lee) LCA Homemaker Excelsior, Minnesota RALPH 0. THRANE LC-MS, Vice President and Director of Acquisitions and mergers, Pillsbury Company Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REV. LAUREN E. YOUNGDALE LCA, Pastor Rochester, Minnesota 77 ADMINISTRATION BERNT C. OPSAL I President J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON I Academic Dean JOHN V. GRONLI I Dean of Students RUSSELL B. HELGESEN I Director of "Thanks A Million" Development Appeal, MARILYN J. ADAMS I Registrar LOIS STRAND I Financial Aid Director AL TON C. 0. HALVERSON I Director of Public Relations PAM MOKSNES I Director of Admissions FACULTY VERNON J. BITTNER I Counselor B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.D., Northern Baptist Theological Seminary, Chicago, IL; S.T.M., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.D., San Francisco Theological Seminary, San Francisco, CA 1978ROY BLOOMQUIST I Radio Director B.A., Wisconsin State University, Superior WI· Augustana Theological Seminary, Ro~k 1s'1and, IL; Maywood Seminary, Chicago, IL 1961WILLIAM BOLM I Physic-al Educatio_n_, Recreation, Counselor B.S., Western Michigan-University, Kalamazoo, Ml; M.A. (Physical Education), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN; M.A. (Counseling), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN 1971JOHN L. BREKKE I Sociology B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., College of St. Thomas, .s~. Paul MN· additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1975ROGER W. BROWN I Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1978DOUGLAS CAREY I Voice B.S. and M.Ed., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1978- 78 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE ROBERT H. CHANDLER I Law Enforcement B.S., Northwestern University, Chicago, IL; M.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; J.D., Northwestern University, Chicago, IL 1977JACOOL YN CHERNE I English, Applied Christianity B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1966-69; graduate study, United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN 1967, 1970GERALD L. DAHL I Sociology B.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; M.S.W., University of Nebraska, Lincoln, NB; member of Academy of Certified Social Workers. 1975SONJA M. DAHLAGER I English and Personal Orientation B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979PAUL E. DRANGEID I Biology B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M .S., South Dakota State University, Brookings, South Dakota, plus nine summers of graduate study. 1979WILLIAM P. EFFERTZ I Law Enforcement B.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Advanced study, FBI Academy. 1976JANICE EGGERSGLUESS I Business Education B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1969JEANNE EKHOLM I Music B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN 1978FREDERICK E. GESKE/ Biblical Theology Concordia College, St. Paul, MN Concordia Seminary, St. Louis, MO; M. Div. Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978JANICE GRAVDAHL I Business Education B.S., Bemidji State University, Bemidji, MN 1972- JOHN V. GRONLI I Dean of Students, Philosophy, Biblical Theology B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, WA; Additional graduate study, Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary, Berkeley, CA; D.Min., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1976RUTH A. HALVERSON I Journalism B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN; Additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977DR. EDWARD A. HANSEN I Biblical Theology B.A., Dana College, Blair, Nebraska; B.D., Trinity Theological Seminary, Blair, Nebraska; M. Div., Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, Iowa; D.D., St. Olaf College, 1978-Northfield, Minnesota; additional graduate study, Mansfield College, Oxford, England; and University of St. Andrews, Scotland 1980LEE ANNE HANSEN I English, German B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; Graduate School, University of Munich, Munich, Germany; finished courses for Ph.OJ, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1973ALLEN L. HANSON I Chemistry B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN: M.S., Ph.D., State University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA 1980DOROTHY L. HAUGEN I Physical Education S.S., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL 1978PAUL T. HIRDMAN I Sociology, Psychology, Counselor A.A., Waldorf College, Forest City, IA; B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1979JEAN JOHNSON I Business Education S.S., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 1974PRllDU KllVE I Physics, Mathematics B.A., Berea College, Berea, Kentucky; M.A., University of Buffalo, Buffalo, NY 1973- DIRECTORY GERHARD I. KNUTSON I Theology B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B. Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA; Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, IA 1975GAIL LANDO I English B.A., Wisconsin State, Eau Claire, WI; additional graduate study, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1972BARRY L. LANE I Biology, Speech Communications B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; graduate study, Luther-Northwestern Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1973-74; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1978PHYLLIS LARSON I English, Missions B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN 1973RICHARD LAUE I History, Political Science B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota and University of Strasbourg, France. 1966LUTHER LERSETH I Biblical Theology, Physical Education B.A., Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. Dakota; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978HERBERT G. LODDIGS I Biblical Theology, Greek B.A., Wagner College, Staten Island, NY; New York University, Hartwick Seminary, Brooklyn, NY; C.Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; additional graduate study, College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines; School of Chinese Studies, Hankow, China; Princeton Seminary, Princeton, NJ 1957WILLIAM E. LUNDQUIST I Physical Education B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota 1966- 79 PAMELA MOKSNES I Director of Admissions B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; Additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1979 HAROLD E. MOORE, JR. I Business, Counselor B.A., University of Denver, Denver, CO; J.D., University of Denver, College of Law, Denver, CO; Additional Work, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN 1980PATRICIA NORTWEN I Piano B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota 1967TERRENCE L. OLSON I Theatre B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; M.A. course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1979BERNT C. OPSAL I President B.A., Upsala College, East Orange, NJ; B.Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Biblical Seminary, New York; M.A., New York University; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis; New York University, Litt.D, Concordia College, St. Paul, MN. 1954MAHLON PITNEY I Psychology, Counselor B.A., Macalester College, St. Paul, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1970DONALD R. PRUST I Business B.S., Northern Michigan University, Marquette, Mich.; B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN; Graduate Study, University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, TX 1980MARLO F. PUTZ I Biology B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1968JAMES C. ROBERTSON I Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1976- 80 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE AL SCHOBER/Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN M.S., Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 1971DOROTHY SEAGARD I Music, Voice and Choral B.M., Westminster Choir College, Princeton; ·NJ; graduate study, Chicago Opera Guild; Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1962JOHN C. SEAGARD I Music, Choral, Organ B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; Lutheran Bible Institute; Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ; Chicago Opera Repertoire Guild; additional graduate study, Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY 1962RICHARD M. SERENA I Librarian B.S., Columbia University, New York, NY; M.L.S., Columbia University, New York, NY 1976MARY S. SICILIA I American Studies, Personal Orientation and Speech B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.D., course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977ROGER SNYDER I Mush.;, Band and Orchestra B.S., University of Minnesota, M inneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977MARILYN A. STALHEIM I English and Librarian B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire, WI; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Stout, WI 1976MARLIN STENE I Applied Christianity B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield; B.Th., LutherTheological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, IA; Barret Biblical Seminary, post S.T.M. work. DAVID SWANSON I Theater B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University, Fort Worth, TX; Graduate Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1980GERALD SWANSON I Art B.A., University of Minnesota, M inneapolis, MN; M.F.A., University of Minnesota 1972KATHRYN SWANSON I English B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1971- CAROL J. TOMER I Residence Hall Director Business and Philosophy; B.A., Luther College, Decorah, IA 1979LOIS UTZINGER I Music B.A., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota; M.M., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Additional graduate study, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota. 1978HOLLY S. VANVONDEREN I Theater B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; Additional Work Completed, Towson State University, Baltimore, Md. 1980- RUSSELL A. VIKSTROM I Biblical Theology, Applied Christianity B.A., Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; M.Div., Augustana Seminary, Rock Island, IL; additional graduate study, Biblical Seminary, New York; Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1953- J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON I Academic Dean, Biblical Theology B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; C. T.; Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Biblical Seminary, New York City; M.A., New York University, 1974- Student Services Personnel Mark J. Allen, Residence Hall Director, Delta John Hastings, Residence Hall Director, Gamma Delta; Student Activities Director Lois Nystul, Health Service Director Douglas L. Sill, Student Union Manager Lori R. Toivonen, Residence Hall INDEX 81 INDEX Academic Honors ................... 31 Academic Program .................. 29 Accreditation ....................... 9 Activity Credits ..................... 33 Activities, Student ................... 13 Administration ...................... 77 Admissions Procedures .............. 17 Affiliations .......................... 9 Agriculture ......................... 47 Alcohol and Drugs ................... 1O Anthropology ....................... 64 Application Fee .................. 17, 20 Applied Christianity ................. 74 Applied Music ...................... 70 Art ................................ 68 Associate in Arts Degree ............. 42 Associate in Arts, Curricula Leading to ..................... 41, 42 Athletics ........................... 14 Attendance, Chapel .................. 1O Attendance, Classroom .............. 32 Automobiles ........................ 10 Awards, Academic ................... 00 Biblical and Theological Studies .... 43, 57 Bible Requirement ................... 32 Biology ............................ 65 Board and Room Costs ............... 20 Board of Regents ................. 76-77 Bookstore .......................... 22 Business Administration ............. 44 Business Studies .................... 71 Calendar ........................... 4 Chapel ............................. 10 Charges by Quarter .................. 20 Chem is try .......................... 67 Choir .............................. 14 Church Vocations ................... 52 Classification of Students ......... 20, 29 Co-curricular Activities ............... 33 Communications, Division of ......... 59 Computer Training ................... 49 Corrective Therapy ................... 48 Costs .............................. 19 Counseling Service .................. 11 Course Descriptions ................. 57 Creative Arts, Division of ............. 68 Credit by Special Examination ......... 33 Credit Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Curricula, Organization of .......... 41-55 Degree Programs .................... 41 Dentistry . . . . . ................ 47 Deposits and Fees ................ 19-20 Directory, Administration and Faculty .. 77 Dormitories and Residence Halls ...... 7 Dramatics .......................... 15 Economics ......................... 72 Education .......................... 44 Electronics Technician ............... 49 Eligibility for Varsity Sports ........... 31 Employment (Part-time) .............. 25 English ............................ 59 English Requirement ................. 32 Ensembles ......................... 70 Entrance Requirements .............. 17 Expenses .......................... 20 Faculty ............................ 77 Failures and Conditions ........... 30, 31 F~s ............................... ~ Financial Aid ....................... 23 Foreign Language ................... 60 Forestry ............................ 47 General Guidelines ................... 9 General Information ................. 7 General Secretarial ............... 50, 54 Geography ......................... 62 German ............................ 60 Gift Support ........................ ~9 Grades and Grade Points ............. 30 Graduation Requirements ............ 37 Greek .............................. 60 Health Service ...................... 12 History, Department of ............... 61 History of College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Housing, On and Off Cam pus ......... 12 Incomplete Work .................... 30 Independent Study .................. 32 Institutional Objectives ............... 8 Instrumental Instruction .............. 70 Insurance .......................... 12 Junior College Certificate ............. 39 Law ............................... 47 Law Enforcement ................. 49. 74 Legal Secretarial ................. 50, 54 Library ............................. 22 Loans .............................. 24 Location of the College ............... 7 Mathematics ........................ 64 82 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Medical Secretarial Curricula ....... 51, 55 Medicine Curriculum ................. 47 Missions ........................... 75 Music .................... 14, 45, 49, 69 Registration, Changes in ............. 34 Religious Life ....................... 13 Repeating a Course .................. 31 Room and Board .................... 20 New Student Orientation ............. 11 New Testament Studies .............. 58 Nursing Curriculum .................. 47 Science, Division of .................. 64 Scholarships ....................... 26 Secretarial Curricula ................. 50 Secretarial Science .................. 72 Social Service Curriculum ............ 48 Social Science, Division of ............ 61 Sociology .......................... 63 Special Fees ........................ 20 Speech ............................ 60 Student Government ................. 13 Student Life ........................ 13 Student Personnel Services ........... 11 Study Ski I Is Assistance .............. 12 Occupational therapy ................ 48 Office Occupations Curricula ...... 51, 55 Old Testament Studies ............... 57 Orchestra ....................... 14, 70 Parish Work Curriculum .............. 52 Parish Secretarial Curriculum ......... 52 Part-time Students ............... 20, 30 Payment Plan ....................... 21 Personal Orientation .............. 62-63 Pharmacy Curriculum ................ 47 Philosophy of College ................ 8 Philosophy, Department of ........... 62 Physical Education, Division of ........ 67 Physical Education Curriculum ........ 45 Physical Therapy .................... 48 Physics ........................... 65 Political Science .................... 61 Pro bat ion, A cad em ic ................. 31 Programs of Study ................... 41 Psychology ......................... 62 Recreation Leadership Curriculum ..... 46 Refunds ............................ 22 Registration ........................ 34 Theatre, Department of ............... 71 Theological Studies .................. 58 Transcripts ......................... 21 Transfer of Credits ................... 9 Transfer Students, Admission of ....... 33 Tuition ............................. 20 Unsatisfactory Academic Progress ..... 31 Vocational Studies, Division of ........ 71 Withdrawals from Class .............. 30 Withdrawals from College ............ 33 Women's Athletics .................. 14 World Mission ................... 53, 55 Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Memorial Highway (55) Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar for Full Credit Courses ............................................. .................................................. November 8-11 Interim Registration December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration January 3.. First Day of Interim Class 19:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add January 4 . . January 17.. Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends .............................................. ................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 10.. Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 12.. Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses First group of half credit courses ends January 14.. January 17.. Second group of half credit courses begins January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 26.. January 28.. Interim ends ......... ...................... ................................ ........................... ...................... ....................................................... The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition. International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the following departments: Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish - Europe: The Rhine Frontier History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 16. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. 6/l nterim Courses - 16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1 ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I. Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17 Life Drawing ART 247 - 4001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I........ Room: O M 17 Europe January 3 - 28 Art in London and Paris ART 378 - 4006 Instructor: Mary Swanson This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums, galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art. Fees: $1995 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 103 - 4009 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works. Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science prerequisites. I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study. Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course. The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room. Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What are the rights o( r h unhorn? ~ Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than s II soTves?Is euthanasia ever justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices. Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class participation and examination results. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205 .. 8/l nterim Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4010 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed. Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Room: 205 Time: I . . ...... Immunology BIO 386 - 4011 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205 Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry CHM 113 - 4014 Instructor: Earl Alton way of learning Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~ some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows: Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F Lab - 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F - 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th.. Room: S 318 ...... Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences CHM 301 - 4015 Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems. Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions, entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand ia membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular structures. Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class examinations. Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus Time: I. ....... Room: S 318 Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems ECO 451 - 4013 Instructor: Satya P. Gupta I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions. Grades will be based on one report and an examination. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent Room: L 1 Time: 1 1 . . ...... Discovery in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375 - 4018 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior t o the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced l O / l nterim Theories of Learning Disabilities EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017 Instructor: Barry Franklin This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80 years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by major theorists and practitioners in the field. The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin Cities. This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or behavioral disabilities. Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019 EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020 EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021 EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022 Instructor: Marie McNeff Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Room: L 6 Time: I . . ...... People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4027 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10 The American Short Story ENG 241 - 4028 Instructor: Toni Clark This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee of approximately $10 for films. Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2 Literature Performed in the Twin Cities ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030 Instructor: Richard B. Sargent During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances, and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions. There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to do an additional research paper. Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction) ENG 362 - 4097 Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream. Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details. Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced 12/l nterim Europe: January 3 - 28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333 - 4032 Instructor: Donald Steinmetz I Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. Cost: $1690 Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Beginning Norwegian Nor 111 - 4033 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4034 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29 . Mexico: January 3 - 27 Basic Conversational Spanish SPA 113 - 4031 Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations, as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211. Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 -4076 Instructor: Staff Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4036 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: Health 320 Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3 14/l nterim Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475 -4035 Instructor: Al Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12 - .. . Coaching of Basketball HPE477-4078 Instructor: Dave Boots Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3 Coaching of Hockey HPE478-4079 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24 Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4037 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23 .. 20th Century South Asia HIS 162 - 4038 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations. Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1 Hawaii January 3 - 27 Hawaii: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian (Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will be required readings. Cost: $1895 Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Grading: P/N only 16/l nterim The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4041 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings, a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Room: M 22 Time: 11.. ...... Being and Becoming Well in American Culture INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term. We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American culture and individually determine what it has to offer. To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers. We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips. Room: O M 25 Time: I.. ...... South Africa: Historical Mirrors, Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum INS 270 - 4045 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented, yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in molding a multi-cultural society? The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations. Room: M 23 Time: I . . ...... Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914 INS 275 - 4042 Instructor: Grier Nicholl Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters, photographers and architects. How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities. Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period. There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects. Distribution: Urban Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21 . Brush Up MAT 103 - 4093 Instructor: Bev Durkee This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108 18/l nterim An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links r to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22 Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming MAT 144 - 4049 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination. (See instructor if you have not taken this examination.) Distribution: Math-Physics Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112 Memorization for Musicians MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054 Instructor: lames D. Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prerequisites: Basic music study Distribution: Music-Art Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 REL 364 - 4086 Instructors: Larry Fleming Philip A. Quanbeck The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical. theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip (Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one r of the supplernenlary group sessions. 1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. This course may not be used toward a music major. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23 Europe January 3 - 28 Music in London and Paris MUS 378 - 4045 Instructor: Robert Karlen rt These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck, Berlioz, and Stravinsky. Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers, Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Cost: $1995 Distribution: Art-Music Grading: P/N only 20/l nterim Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091 Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12 Philosophy of Love - PHI 145 4056 Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination. There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses. Distribution: History-Philosophy Room: O M 22 Time: I.. ...... 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester PHY 322 1 4057 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance, laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327 - 4058 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21 The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being POL 177-4060 Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to 1983 as substantive focus. Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the development of constitutional law. Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions. Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation. Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status. Distribution: Political Science-Economics Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24 . 22/l nterim Mexico: January 3 - 27 Theories of Social Change and Revolution POL 383-4059 Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals, Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered. Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Distribution: Political Science-Economics Grading: P/N only U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives POL 495 - 4084 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include: A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and (2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers. B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are used i n two different regions of the world. The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy recommendations. Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they would implement their recommendations. Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL 158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair. Distribution: Political Science or Economics Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24 . . The Psychology of Personal Adjustment PSY 101 - 4061 Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class participation and one individual project or paper. This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Grading: P/N only Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1 24/l nterim The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Learning PSY 357 - 4063 Instructor: Grace Dyrud Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction. Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2 Theology of Play, Games and Sport REL 328 - 4064 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has a "play" structure. I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books, one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the "intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games. Prerequisites: One course in Religion Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy REL 364 - 4086 MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck Larry Fleming The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical, theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions. 1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366 - 4092 Instructor: Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18 Practicum in Human Services SWK 257 - 4065 Instructor: Doug Perry An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss selection of agency and structure of this course. ~ of problems for which people seek Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies, ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof i nsrlf ~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field. Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123 . Social Services with American lndian People SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066 Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people. A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation. Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day. This course carries only 1/2 course credit. Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim. prerequisites: Sociology 383 Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25 Field Work 111 SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status . . . . Room: M 24 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th.. .. I nterim/27 The Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4068 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations. Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 The Human Potential Movement and Identity: A Sociological Analysis SOC 394 - 4089 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an examination and a paper. There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241 Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285 - 4072 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Stage 2 Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. ....... Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. 28/l nterim HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n Memorial 117A. SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Badminton HPE002-4081 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Melby Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Volleyball HPE002 -4082 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby Racquetball HPE 002 - 4083 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport. Time: 9:20.. Melby ...... International Studv Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Interims Abroad January3-28,1983 Cermany Hawaii The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction German 333 - Donald Steinmetz Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here e TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft modern Germany and France h a ~ their romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure r ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere . Germaris and French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c" rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne. Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc c socier) of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv. Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl ~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and historical sites o i iise counfries J r e readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of competence. . Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . . Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15 ... Cost: $1690. London and Paris History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~ stale. h Focus on hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences. ~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w F i~h cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~ n sessions ~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;. Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement. Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un, noni.; U* division, sophomore standing and consent of Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795. instructor . Mexico Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO i WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca): a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Art in London and Paris Theories of Social Change and Revolution Art 378 - Mary Swanson Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums. galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h museum that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists, b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of ,\LC" d ,""'.,"' V" U C - . ~ . . Y L C . . ....A,-, .."I,., I.. C " < . I _.-bYIICI, .-.. C L , , " , , .,-..,. style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995. be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource, conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular. Music in London and Paris Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi Franck and Stravinsky. Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers. Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none . . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995. Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Basic Conversational Spanish Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15 i sderisnecl h tor sludents w h o have already covered the ~ and are ready t o put their strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3 k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill be regular in-class sessions, small group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~. atrending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities Program in Global Community February 3 - May 2- B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M , ex~co Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n , r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd l Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15, 1982 ACTC HECUA Programs udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC) ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms The SPAN Program Semester or Year Abroad A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen + ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr ~ p h ~ ~or~jso an-h r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller ; CaUwin London and He~delberg,the University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of t y Sev~lle, Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es in A v i p n , France International Business See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog. Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries: Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall. Scholarships, Deadlines Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be accepted until the last day of class. Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20 -612-330-1206
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1982-1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Psychology Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage 2 Theater 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square C.Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp .'- Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Campus M a p - 2 Introduction - 5 Facilities - 7 Admission - 8 Costs and Financial A i d - 12 Student Life - 24 Academic Information - 30 Brief Facts - 44 Course Descriptions - 45 Registers - 132 Index - 143 Academic Calendars - 146 Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, , cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich t has been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas, di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s a conrinued goal of r he rollege. Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. & a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own r experience and for partic~parioni n r h e commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world. t Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting, provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war. Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore. f Location and Campus Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Y. Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C. f The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960. O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student housing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department i n the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Freshmen Students - 9 Early Decision - 10 Early Admission - ID Transfer Students - 10 Former Students - 11 Special Students (Non-Degree) - 11 International Students - 11 Interests can be explored in a variety of classes Admissions Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race, creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs. Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected instead of the hiph srhool transcript, 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office. A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous college work. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the Admissions Office upon request. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an attended any other ~nst~turian official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo not pay the application fee. i, Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. py 12/Costs and Financial Aid Costs 1982-83 - 13 Fees - 14 Deposits - 14 Payments - 15 Refunds - 15 Application - 16 Gifts - 17 Loans - 18 Student Employment - 19 Sponsored Scholarships - 19 Student employment options include Food Service crews Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1982-83 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00 This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester term5 for a ~ o t aof l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester. P Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course. ............................. 670.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course.. ......................... 335.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 1,207.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Late Registration (per day after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 10.00 5.00 .... 35.00 Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ......... 20.00 ckys Life Drawing (Interim) Nursin Credit Valifation Tests . . . . . . . . Locker Rental (for commuters) Re istration Chan e after first 5 (cancelkdd/change grade optlon, or combrnatlon at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Cinema Arts Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00 20.00 ....... 5.00 Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after t?rst, whrch i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Special Examinations (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00 Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ... 10.00 Theater Technical Production . . 35.00 .............. 35.00 Radio-Television Production Student Teaching Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year. Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00 Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f cancellation ir after these dares. 7 . Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. . 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% -through 90% - f r o m the 80% - f r o m the 70% - f r o m the 60% - f r o m the 50% - f r o m the the first five days of classes. sixth through 10th day of classes. 11th through 15th day of classes. 16th through 20th day of classes. 21st through 25th day of classes. 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund i s determined. 16/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses. Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing costs. Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received ~ srh~larrhi~r, laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom all aid sources. g The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service {CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS) t or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon. Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.) Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF. Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial A i d / l 7 New Students - Early Decision This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by Januarv 1. 2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before March 1. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid , through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. 18/Financial A i d Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision. Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell Grant office. Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet t ~ d r r aand l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American Indian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of 5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months x afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000 R Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs. LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge. Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+ on the loan balance and repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1 rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n ~ e d and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. i: Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n account. A Student Employment Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work p r o v i d e d by r h College ~ i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities. Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two deserving junior/senior students. M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more David J. Formo Scholarshi scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto ~ a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students. Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h - awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p, p e r ~ o n d l i t vand , n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior. M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded American minority students w h o show financial need. annually t o Lutheran Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o be awarded t o a Black student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships students. - awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time service careers i n the church. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - Paul Dahlen Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/or "oi h ~ g Christian h character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference ror basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers. Biology Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education. GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of Chemistry. Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship. Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship. Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship. Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major. The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the study of history. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field. Library Science Library ScienceScholarship -established choosing librarianship as a career. in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s) Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in church music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music. awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore physics. J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n Political Science Political Science Scholarship - A n political science. award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of Christian Sociology. 24/Student Life Religious Life - 25 Student Government - 25 'Athletics - 26 Student Activities - 26 Student Services - 26 Center for Student Development - 27 Intercultural Center - 27 Health Service - 28 Food Service - 28 Residence Life - 28 Student Rights - 29 ' D a y in May" - a Spring celebration Student Life/25 Student Life Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to your education. &, Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. W e seek ro develop a graduafly change and church. we encourage the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch, and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. /' Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields. 26/Student Services The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located i n Mortensen Tower. There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater a n 5 department. R lntercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal g growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an ~nterdependence, finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its 3 students. The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, Intercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life. Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself. explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor. ? Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships], y. JobSeeking, and Sexuality are Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness. available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided several times during t h e year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and , testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5 offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed lnternational Student Adviser. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included; if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning r conditions, a variety of l~ousing environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith Individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing only if space i s available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents have c r ~ a t ~evciting d projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog. 30/Academic Information Degrees - 31 Academic Calendar - 31 Faculty - 31 Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32 Divisions - 32 Majors & Minors - 33 Teaching Licensure - 34 Certification Programs - 34 Pre-Professional Programs - 34 inter-Institutional Programs - 36 Study Abroad - 37 Honors Program - 38 Internship Program - 38 Continuing Education - 38 Registration - 38 Graduation Requirements - 39 Hats off to the graduating seniors! Distribution Requirements -40 Grading - 41 Auditing Courses - 41 Grade Point Average - 42 Classification - 42 Advanced Placement - 42 Advanced Standing - 42 Probation and Dismissal - 42 Dean's List - 43 Graduation with Distinction - 43 lndependent/Directed Study - 43 Veterans - 43 Brief Facts - 44 Course Numbering - 46 Prerequisites - 46 Academic Information/31 Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers. Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the ~ Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission. meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog. publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1. Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice, tion needs includ~ng guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S I microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers. Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions or administrative and instructional purposes. B Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. M a j o r s available at Augsburg are: A r t History Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics M i n o r s available at Augsburg Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies' East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English M e d i c a l Technology3 M e t r o - U r b a n Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso h y Physica~Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social W o r k Sociology Speech Studio A r t Theater Arts Transdisciplinary are: Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Special Education Speech Studio Art Theater Art It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital 34/Licensure, Certification Teaching Licensure Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education, Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education: English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Charrperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. t - Provides the background for performing systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353 recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary. 36/1 nter-l nstitutional Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~ community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies. SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe cooperative program to ~ a i n new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Study Abroad/37 Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. ' Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and the writing of a paper upon return. 38/Academic Policies Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. FI Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs. Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester. Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. .4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e ~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except , i n certa~napproved majors for !he B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~ In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc t one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq. F No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t / directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson. P Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematin-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Sorio ogv English-Speech. Communication Rc Theater Arrs Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one ad ~ t ~ o ncourse al at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English . Illis grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence " Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust ~ be removed during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher along wirtl rhe incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given, the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and a grade may be a5sipncdm A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the G PA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory. A student who has been on probation two or morc C O ~ S P C U serncjrera ~ ~ ~ C is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Study Options, Veterans/43 Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course to receive the final grade. Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it i s for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 46/Departments, Courses Departments and Course Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the student should consult the inctructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer School are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) Art Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print hIakhg I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Fall, 1982) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Spring 1983) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84) Biology Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353. Minor: 5 courses, including Ill, 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106). Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism, socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics i n Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1984 and alternate years) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and alternate years) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration & Economics 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella. Business Administration Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391, 392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administration & Economics/53 M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131, 135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474; 8 International C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration & Economics Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373, 379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 Introduction t o Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) Business Administration & Economics/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. Spring) 56/Business Administration & Economics 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or 453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479: Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration 379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition t5 those I isted above. Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take additional courses both i n business administration and economics. Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Business Administration & Economics/57 Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration. the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought, Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains, Notes: I n addition t o Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs. (Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 58/Business Administration & Economics 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics 127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year. d' American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year). Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required. Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their coilege career. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses). Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n registering for the second term. Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105 o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East and Southeast Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. I Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324; one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) tconomics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351. 383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347, 358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure; fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382, 384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499). Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385 and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level. Prekindergarten Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231; Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n Reading ~ Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course) Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field adviser. ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course. Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of 'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114, 115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major, and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5. degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education 114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121 and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and C[assroom Music (5-11). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~ term. 265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105) N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education Barry Franklin (Coordinator) M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362, Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388. Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education I A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Engi neeri ng/69 Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services and Sources Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 Independent Studv Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period. 6 The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average, an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College. d E Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged. English Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish 245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of t Education, majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. '" B Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration, f American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should B work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e instructor. 101 Developmental Writing .4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/hl grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the